1.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK 2 3****************** 4Variables Glossary 5****************** 6 7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build 8system and gives an overview of their function and contents. 9 10:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>` 11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>` 12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>` 13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>` 14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P` 15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T` 16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>` 17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>` 18 19.. glossary:: 20 21 :term:`ABIEXTENSION` 22 Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU 23 canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi"). 24 25 ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the 26 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the 27 following extension:: 28 29 ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" 30 31 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` 32 Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty. 33 By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default 34 behavior can cause issues when there is an 35 :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime 36 requirement on the existence of the package. 37 38 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in 39 conjunction with a package name override, as in:: 40 41 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN} = "1" 42 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-dev = "1" 43 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-staticdev = "1" 44 45 :term:`ALTERNATIVE` 46 Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming 47 scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. 48 When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the 49 alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the 50 commands can co-exist. 51 52 To use the variable, list out the package's commands that are also 53 provided by another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package 54 has four such commands, you identify them as follows:: 55 56 ALTERNATIVE:busybox = "sh sed test bracket" 57 58 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 59 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" 60 section. 61 62 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` 63 Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual 64 locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the 65 ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must 66 use the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable to specify the actual 67 location:: 68 69 ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" 70 71 In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``) 72 from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``. 73 74 .. note:: 75 76 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``. 77 78 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 79 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" 80 section. 81 82 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY` 83 Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for 84 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single 85 default regardless of the command name or package, a default for 86 specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default 87 for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the 88 available syntax forms:: 89 90 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" 91 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" 92 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority" 93 94 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 95 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" 96 section. 97 98 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` 99 Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for 100 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single 101 default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the 102 command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands 103 regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to 104 particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:: 105 106 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" 107 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" 108 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target" 109 110 .. note:: 111 112 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` is not defined, it inherits the value 113 from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable. 114 115 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` and :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` are the 116 same, the target for :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` has "``.{BPN}``" 117 appended to it. 118 119 Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the 120 alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename 121 alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` 122 task while retaining support for the command if necessary. 123 124 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 125 ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" section. 126 127 :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` 128 When inheriting the 129 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` 130 class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where 131 at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order 132 for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words, 133 if none of the features listed in :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` 134 appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 135 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 136 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 137 138 139 :term:`APPEND` 140 An override list of append strings for each target specified with 141 :term:`LABELS`. 142 143 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more 144 information on how this variable is used. 145 146 :term:`AR` 147 The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``. 148 149 :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE` 150 When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class, 151 determines the type of information used to create a released archive. 152 You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, 153 original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the 154 following variable flags (varflags):: 155 156 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. 157 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. 158 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files. 159 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch. 160 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff. 161 ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data. 162 ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files. 163 ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files. 164 165 For information on how the variable works, see the 166 ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`. 167 168 :term:`AS` 169 Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler. 170 171 :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` 172 Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not 173 attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already 174 been built. 175 176 In OpenEmbedded-Core, :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` mostly specifies native 177 tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which 178 when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used 179 rather than building ``git-native``. 180 181 :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS` 182 Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which 183 adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the 184 system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. 185 186 As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of 187 shlibname in packagename with the optional version:: 188 189 shlibname:packagename[_version] 190 191 Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` 192 as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:: 193 194 ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" 195 196 :term:`AUTHOR` 197 The email address used to contact the original author or authors in 198 order to send patches and forward bugs. 199 200 :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` 201 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, 202 which is the default behavior, :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` specifies which 203 packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to 204 Debian library package naming. 205 206 The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to 207 act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe. 208 209 :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU` 210 Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You 211 must set this variable in your recipe. The 212 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable. 213 214 :term:`AUTOREV` 215 When :term:`SRCREV` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to 216 use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:: 217 218 SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" 219 220 If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of 221 software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains 222 ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you 223 have a kernel recipe that inherits the 224 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous 225 statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get 226 into :term:`PV`. Consequently, you need to change :term:`PV` in your recipe 227 so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``. 228 229 For more information see the 230 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" 231 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 232 233 :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` 234 List of licenses found in the directories specified by 235 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and 236 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`. 237 238 .. note:: 239 240 It is assumed that all changes to :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and 241 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` have been done before :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` 242 is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`). 243 244 :term:`AVAILTUNES` 245 The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) 246 tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build 247 system. 248 249 The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes 250 may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with 251 each other in a 252 :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>` 253 configuration. 254 255 To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the 256 "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the 257 "=" operator. See the 258 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax`" section in the BitBake 259 User Manual for more information. 260 261 :term:`AZ_SAS` 262 Azure Storage Shared Access Signature, when using the 263 :ref:`Azure Storage fetcher (az://) <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>` 264 This variable can be defined to be used by the fetcher to authenticate 265 and gain access to non-public artifacts. 266 :: 267 268 AZ_SAS = ""se=2021-01-01&sp=r&sv=2018-11-09&sr=c&skoid=<skoid>&sig=<signature>"" 269 270 For more information see Microsoft's Azure Storage documentation at 271 https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview 272 273 :term:`B` 274 The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in 275 which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a 276 recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the 277 :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:: 278 279 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" 280 281 You can separate the (:term:`S`) directory and the directory pointed to 282 by the :term:`B` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support 283 separating these directories. The build system defaults to using 284 separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes. 285 286 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` 287 Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only 288 packages are packages installed only through the 289 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any 290 of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them 291 with the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable:: 292 293 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." 294 295 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 296 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 297 override:: 298 299 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "package_name" 300 301 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages 302 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them 303 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` 304 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and 305 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. 306 307 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM 308 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 309 310 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the 311 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related 312 information. 313 314 :term:`BASE_LIB` 315 The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary 316 Interface (ABI) tune. The :term:`BASE_LIB` applies only in the Multilib 317 context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`" 318 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information 319 on Multilib. 320 321 The :term:`BASE_LIB` variable is defined in the machine include files in 322 the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not 323 being used, the value defaults to "lib". 324 325 :term:`BASE_WORKDIR` 326 Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default 327 value is "${TMPDIR}/work". 328 329 :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` 330 Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed 331 to use to obtain the required source code. Following are 332 considerations surrounding this variable: 333 334 - This host list is only used if :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` is either not set 335 or set to "0". 336 337 - There is limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of 338 host names. For example, the following setting matches 339 ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``. 340 :: 341 342 BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" 343 344 .. note:: 345 346 The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of 347 a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the 348 host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other 349 location of the name or combined with the front part of the 350 name. 351 352 For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar`` 353 is not. 354 355 - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug. 356 357 - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure. 358 359 Using :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` in conjunction with 360 :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host 361 you want to use to :term:`PREMIRRORS` results in the source code being 362 fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a 363 host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI` 364 statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the 365 host listed in :term:`SRC_URI` after a successful fetch from the 366 :term:`PREMIRRORS` occurs. 367 368 :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY` 369 Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file 370 (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This 371 condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core`` 372 bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the 373 other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe 374 yet). 375 376 The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction 377 given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your 378 changes are no longer being applied. 379 380 You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", 381 "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the 382 :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:: 383 384 BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" 385 386 :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` 387 Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows 388 you to control the build based on these parameters. 389 390 Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring, 391 add the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file 392 found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the 393 following form: 394 395 .. code-block:: none 396 397 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]" 398 399 where: 400 401 action is: 402 ABORT: Immediately stop the build when 403 a threshold is broken. 404 STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently 405 executing tasks have finished when 406 a threshold is broken. 407 WARN: Issue a warning but continue the 408 build when a threshold is broken. 409 Subsequent warnings are issued as 410 defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL 411 variable, which must be defined in 412 the conf/local.conf file. 413 414 dir is: 415 Any directory you choose. You can specify one or 416 more directories to monitor by separating the 417 groupings with a space. If two directories are 418 on the same device, only the first directory 419 is monitored. 420 421 threshold is: 422 Either the minimum available disk space, 423 the minimum number of free inodes, or 424 both. You must specify at least one. To 425 omit one or the other, simply omit the value. 426 Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, 427 Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do 428 not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by 429 default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. 430 431 Here are some examples:: 432 433 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" 434 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" 435 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" 436 437 The first example works only if you also provide the 438 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 439 variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build 440 system to immediately stop when either the disk space in 441 ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops 442 below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the 443 variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space 444 in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number 445 of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued 446 during intervals as defined by the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 447 variable. 448 449 The second example stops the build after all currently executing 450 tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}`` 451 directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free 452 inodes in this case. 453 454 The final example immediately stops the build when the number of 455 free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No 456 disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case. 457 458 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 459 Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these 460 intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in 461 the :term:`Build Directory`. 462 463 If you are going to use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable, you 464 must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` 465 variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build, 466 subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free 467 inodes further reduces by the respective interval. 468 469 If you do not provide a :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable and you 470 do use :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` with the "WARN" action, the disk 471 monitoring interval defaults to the following:: 472 473 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" 474 475 When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the 476 following form: 477 478 .. code-block:: none 479 480 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval" 481 482 where: 483 484 disk_space_interval is: 485 An interval of memory expressed in either 486 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, 487 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. 488 489 disk_inode_interval is: 490 An interval of free inodes expressed in either 491 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, 492 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. 493 494 Here is an example:: 495 496 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" 497 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" 498 499 These variables cause the 500 OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the 501 available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of 502 free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` 503 directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time 504 a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1 505 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). 506 507 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` 508 Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git 509 repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the 510 :term:`DL_DIR` directory. 511 512 For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these 513 repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build 514 system. 515 :: 516 517 BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" 518 519 Set this variable in your 520 ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`. 521 522 Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can 523 clean up your :term:`DL_DIR` directory by deleting any Git or other 524 source control work directories. 525 526 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 527 The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one 528 time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this 529 variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For 530 example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses 531 hyper-threading causes the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable to default 532 to "4". 533 534 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to 535 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. 536 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical 537 CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable 538 is not set higher than "20". 539 540 For more information on speeding up builds, see the 541 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`" 542 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 543 544 :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` 545 Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake 546 server due to inactivity. Set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to determine how 547 long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. 548 549 For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file 550 instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:: 551 552 BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" 553 554 If you want the server to never be unloaded, 555 set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to "-1". 556 557 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` 558 Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the 559 software. There are common variants for recipes as "natives" like 560 ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build 561 system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to 562 run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target 563 :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK 564 machine instead of :term:`MACHINE`; and "mulitlibs" in the form 565 "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". 566 567 To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of 568 code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:: 569 570 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" 571 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" 572 573 .. note:: 574 575 Internally, the :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` mechanism generates recipe 576 variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such 577 as ``:class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of 578 a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten 579 to a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo-native". 580 581 Even when using :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`, the recipe is only parsed once. 582 Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not 583 possible to include a different file depending on the variant, 584 since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is 585 parsed. 586 587 :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` 588 Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find 589 the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append 590 its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file. 591 592 :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN` 593 Variable that expands to match files from 594 :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable 595 is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the 596 name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``). 597 598 :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` 599 Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. 600 601 This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears 602 in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to 603 prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe 604 - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple 605 layers. The precedence established through this variable stands 606 regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For 607 example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher :term:`PV` value but for 608 which the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` is set to have a lower precedence still 609 has a lower precedence. 610 611 A larger value for the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable results in a 612 higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence 613 than the value 5. If not specified, the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable 614 is set based on layer dependencies (see the :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` variable 615 for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a 616 layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1 617 if no priorities are defined). 618 619 .. tip:: 620 621 You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers`` 622 to list all configured layers along with their priorities. 623 624 :term:`BBFILES` 625 A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build 626 software. 627 628 When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's 629 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax. 630 For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the 631 previous link. 632 633 :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` 634 Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify 635 the layers by the collections that the layers define. 636 637 Use the :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files 638 whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to 639 modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to 640 introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. 641 642 Use the following form for :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`: 643 ``collection_name:filename_pattern``. 644 645 The following example identifies two collection names and two 646 filename patterns:: 647 648 BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ 649 clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ 650 core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ 651 " 652 653 This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid 654 entries are found, which cause parsing to fail: 655 656 .. code-block:: none 657 658 ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: 659 /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend 660 /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend 661 662 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` 663 Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure. 664 665 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES` 666 If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the 667 maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when 668 reporting a failed task. If you do not set :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`, 669 the entire log is printed. 670 671 :term:`BBLAYERS` 672 Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined 673 in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. 674 Here is an example:: 675 676 BBLAYERS = " \ 677 /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ 678 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \ 679 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ 680 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ 681 " 682 683 This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, 684 user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``. 685 686 :term:`BBMASK` 687 Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files. 688 689 You can use the :term:`BBMASK` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and 690 ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append 691 files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not 692 see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or 693 otherwise used by BitBake. 694 695 The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression 696 compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular 697 Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full 698 paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's 699 documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax. 700 701 The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell 702 BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the 703 ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:: 704 705 BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" 706 707 If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can 708 specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example 709 masks out multiple directories and individual recipes:: 710 711 BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" 712 BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" 713 BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" 714 BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" 715 BBMASK += "lzma" 716 717 .. note:: 718 719 When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character 720 to ensure you match just that directory name. 721 722 :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` 723 Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are 724 building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in 725 your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a 726 multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For 727 example, the following line specifies three configuration files:: 728 729 BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" 730 731 Each configuration file you 732 use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory` 733 ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g. 734 ``build_directory/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``). 735 736 For information on how to use :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` in an environment 737 that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the 738 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`" 739 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 740 741 :term:`BBPATH` 742 Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This 743 variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable. 744 745 .. note:: 746 747 If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the 748 :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set :term:`BBPATH` 749 to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any 750 environment variable and then run BitBake:: 751 752 $ BBPATH = "build_directory" 753 $ export BBPATH 754 $ bitbake target 755 756 757 :term:`BBSERVER` 758 If defined in the BitBake environment, :term:`BBSERVER` points to the 759 BitBake remote server. 760 761 Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake 762 environment:: 763 764 export BBSERVER=localhost:$port 765 766 By default, :term:`BBSERVER` also appears in :term:`BB_BASEHASH_IGNORE_VARS`. 767 Consequently, :term:`BBSERVER` is excluded from checksum and dependency 768 data. 769 770 :term:`BINCONFIG` 771 When inheriting the 772 :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class, 773 this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in 774 favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The 775 :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class will modify the specified scripts to 776 return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and 777 replaced. 778 779 To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example 780 from the ``libpng`` recipe:: 781 782 BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" 783 784 :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` 785 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, 786 this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that 787 need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have 788 been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when 789 installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other 790 recipes. 791 792 .. note:: 793 794 The :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` variable uses 795 `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__, 796 which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern 797 matching. Shell globbing is very similar to 798 `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__ 799 and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__. 800 801 For more information on how this variable works, see 802 ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 803 You can also find general 804 information on the class in the 805 ":ref:`ref-classes-binconfig`" section. 806 807 :term:`BP` 808 The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name 809 suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). :term:`BP` is 810 comprised of the following:: 811 812 ${BPN}-${PV} 813 814 :term:`BPN` 815 This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with 816 common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``, 817 ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``. 818 The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the 819 :term:`MLPREFIX` and 820 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables, 821 respectively. 822 823 :term:`BUGTRACKER` 824 Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe. 825 The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the 826 variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being 827 built needs to be manually reported. 828 829 :term:`BUILD_ARCH` 830 Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The 831 OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of :term:`BUILD_ARCH` from the 832 machine name reported by the ``uname`` command. 833 834 :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` 835 Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build 836 host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` is empty. 837 838 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` 839 Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build 840 host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is empty. 841 842 :term:`BUILD_CCLD` 843 Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C 844 compiler is being used as the linker. By default, :term:`BUILD_CCLD` 845 points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of 846 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming 847 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set. 848 849 :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` 850 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 851 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 852 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 853 default. 854 855 :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` 856 Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C 857 and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When 858 building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` 859 is set to the value of this variable by default. 860 861 :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` 862 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 863 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 864 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 865 by default. 866 867 :term:`BUILD_FC` 868 Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By 869 default, :term:`BUILD_FC` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the 870 value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming 871 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set. 872 873 :term:`BUILD_LD` 874 Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default, 875 :term:`BUILD_LD` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments 876 the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming 877 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is set. 878 879 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` 880 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By 881 default, the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is empty. 882 883 :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` 884 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build 885 host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 886 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 887 by default. 888 889 :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` 890 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when 891 building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through 892 the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and 893 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values. 894 895 The default value of the :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` variable is "-O2 896 -pipe". 897 898 :term:`BUILD_OS` 899 Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g. 900 "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of 901 :term:`BUILD_OS` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the 902 first word, converted to lower-case characters. 903 904 :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` 905 The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded 906 build system uses the :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` value to set the 907 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for 908 ``native`` recipes. 909 910 :term:`BUILD_STRIP` 911 Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from 912 binaries produced for the build host. By default, :term:`BUILD_STRIP` 913 points to 914 ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``. 915 916 :term:`BUILD_SYS` 917 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 918 system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building 919 ``native`` recipes). 920 921 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 922 on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`, 923 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and 924 :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the 925 :term:`BUILD_SYS` variable yourself. 926 927 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR` 928 Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host. 929 The default value is an empty string (""). 930 931 :term:`BUILDDIR` 932 Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`. 933 You can define this directory indirectly through the 934 :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build 935 Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do 936 not provide a Build Directory path, the :term:`BUILDDIR` defaults to 937 ``build`` in the current directory. 938 939 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` 940 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 941 class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build 942 history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local 943 repository will be maintained automatically by the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 944 class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each 945 top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages, 946 and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time, 947 you should set this value to "1". 948 949 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class does not commit the build 950 history output in a local Git repository:: 951 952 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" 953 954 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` 955 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 956 class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit. 957 In order for the :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable to work, the 958 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must 959 be set to "1". 960 961 Git requires that the value you provide for the 962 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable takes the form of "name 963 email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid 964 does not produce an error. 965 966 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the variable as follows:: 967 968 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" 969 970 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR` 971 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 972 class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history 973 information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, 974 see the :ref:`ref-classes-buildhistory` class. 975 976 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the directory as follows:: 977 978 BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" 979 980 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES` 981 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 982 class, this variable specifies the build history features to be 983 enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the 984 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`" 985 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 986 987 You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list: 988 989 - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the 990 list of installed packages among other things. 991 992 - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages. 993 994 - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit 995 (SDK). 996 997 - *task:* Save output file signatures for 998 :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>` 999 (sstate) tasks. 1000 This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for 1001 each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). 1002 1003 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class enables the following 1004 features:: 1005 1006 BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" 1007 1008 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES` 1009 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 1010 class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from 1011 the image contents into the build history directory under an 1012 "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you 1013 can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy 1014 ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for 1015 changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include 1016 any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error. 1017 Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. 1018 1019 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class provides paths to the 1020 following files:: 1021 1022 BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" 1023 1024 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP` 1025 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 1026 class, this variable specifies a common path prefix that should be 1027 stripped off the beginning of paths in the task signature list when the 1028 ``task`` feature is active in :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`. This can be 1029 useful when build history is populated from multiple sources that may not 1030 all use the same top level directory. 1031 1032 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the variable as follows:: 1033 1034 BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP ?= "" 1035 1036 In this case, no prefixes will be stripped. 1037 1038 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` 1039 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 1040 class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to 1041 which build history pushes Git changes. In order for 1042 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` to work, 1043 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to 1044 "1". 1045 1046 The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a 1047 repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name 1048 that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local 1049 repository. 1050 1051 By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the variable as follows:: 1052 1053 BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" 1054 1055 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` 1056 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 1057 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1058 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 1059 default. 1060 1061 :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` 1062 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 1063 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in 1064 the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set 1065 to the value of this variable by default. 1066 1067 :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` 1068 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 1069 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1070 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1071 by default. 1072 1073 :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` 1074 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK. 1075 When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1076 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1077 by default. 1078 1079 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` 1080 Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics 1081 when you use and enable the 1082 :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The 1083 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` directory defaults to 1084 ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``. 1085 1086 :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` 1087 For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output 1088 executable file into two parts: one for features that require 1089 ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that 1090 do not require ``setuid root``). 1091 1092 The :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` variable defaults to "1", which results in 1093 splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get 1094 a single output executable file. 1095 1096 :term:`CACHE` 1097 Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the 1098 :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time 1099 BitBake is started. 1100 1101 :term:`CC` 1102 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler. 1103 1104 :term:`CFLAGS` 1105 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is 1106 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the 1107 software being built during the compilation step. 1108 1109 Default initialization for :term:`CFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1110 being built: 1111 1112 - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the 1113 target 1114 1115 - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the 1116 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1117 1118 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for 1119 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1120 1121 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` 1122 An internal variable specifying the special class override that 1123 should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so 1124 forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g. 1125 :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`, 1126 :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the 1127 variable to appropriate values. 1128 1129 .. note:: 1130 1131 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` gets its default "class-target" value from the 1132 ``bitbake.conf`` file. 1133 1134 As an example, the following override allows you to install extra 1135 files, but only when building for the target:: 1136 1137 do_install:append:class-target() { 1138 install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} 1139 } 1140 1141 Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to 1142 "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not 1143 building for the build host:: 1144 1145 FOO:class-native = "native" 1146 FOO = "other" 1147 1148 The underlying mechanism behind :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` is simply 1149 that it is included in the default value of 1150 :term:`OVERRIDES`. 1151 1152 :term:`CLEANBROKEN` 1153 If set to "1" within a recipe, :term:`CLEANBROKEN` specifies that the 1154 ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built. 1155 Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run 1156 ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` 1157 task, which is the default behavior. 1158 1159 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES` 1160 Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both 1161 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and 1162 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of 1163 features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at 1164 the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the 1165 "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be 1166 optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports 1167 Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it. 1168 1169 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` 1170 Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the 1171 :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license 1172 files reside. 1173 1174 :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` 1175 A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the 1176 recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is 1177 non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression 1178 is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the 1179 variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with 1180 which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is 1181 particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase 1182 parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not 1183 compatible with the current system. 1184 1185 :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` 1186 A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines 1187 with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched 1188 against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use 1189 the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which 1190 the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly 1191 useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing 1192 speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible 1193 with the current machine. 1194 1195 :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` 1196 Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary 1197 packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in 1198 an image. 1199 1200 .. note:: 1201 1202 The :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching 1203 (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__), 1204 which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion 1205 (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__). 1206 1207 The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an 1208 item that can be added to 1209 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of 1210 this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` 1211 will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development 1212 files) for every package in the image. 1213 1214 To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag 1215 to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the 1216 wildcard. Here is an example:: 1217 1218 COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' 1219 1220 :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` 1221 Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build 1222 system uses :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` when constructing recipe-specific 1223 sysroots for other recipes. 1224 1225 The default is 1226 "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``." 1227 (i.e. 1228 "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``"). 1229 1230 :term:`CONF_VERSION` 1231 Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e. 1232 ``local.conf``). The value for :term:`CONF_VERSION` increments each time 1233 ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes. 1234 1235 :term:`CONFFILES` 1236 Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package. 1237 If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update 1238 packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration 1239 files you have changed after the original installation and that you 1240 now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words, 1241 editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset 1242 as part of the package update process. You can use the :term:`CONFFILES` 1243 variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent 1244 the PMS from overwriting during this update process. 1245 1246 To use the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, provide a package name override 1247 that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a 1248 space-separated list of files. Here is an example:: 1249 1250 CONFFILES:${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ 1251 ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" 1252 1253 There is a relationship between the :term:`CONFFILES` and :term:`FILES` 1254 variables. The files listed within :term:`CONFFILES` must be a subset of 1255 the files listed within :term:`FILES`. Because the configuration files 1256 you provide with :term:`CONFFILES` are simply being identified so that 1257 the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must 1258 already be included as part of the package through the :term:`FILES` 1259 variable. 1260 1261 .. note:: 1262 1263 When specifying paths as part of the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, it is 1264 good practice to use appropriate path variables. 1265 For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}`` 1266 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at 1267 the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the 1268 :term:`Source Directory`. 1269 1270 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` 1271 Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The 1272 OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig 1273 variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set 1274 to null (""). 1275 1276 The :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` can be either a single cpio archive 1277 with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and 1278 files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain 1279 a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories 1280 should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs 1281 image. Files should contain entries according to the format described 1282 by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree. 1283 1284 If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image 1285 will be the aggregate of all of them. 1286 1287 For information on creating an initramfs, see the 1288 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 1289 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 1290 1291 :term:`CONFIG_SITE` 1292 A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to 1293 the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities 1294 when running ``configure``. 1295 1296 :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS` 1297 The minimal arguments for GNU configure. 1298 1299 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` 1300 When inheriting the 1301 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` 1302 class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be 1303 in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the 1304 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that also 1305 appears in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 1306 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 1307 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 1308 1309 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1310 A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source 1311 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In 1312 other words, if a license in a recipe's 1313 :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of 1314 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`, then its source is not archived by the 1315 class. 1316 1317 .. note:: 1318 1319 The :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` variable takes precedence over the 1320 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable. 1321 1322 The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for 1323 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` is set by the 1324 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1325 is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1326 1327 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` 1328 A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived 1329 by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other 1330 words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE` 1331 value is in the value of :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`, then its 1332 source is archived by the class. 1333 1334 The default value is set by the 1335 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1336 is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The default value includes 1337 "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*". 1338 1339 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` 1340 A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the 1341 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The 1342 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` variable overrides the license inclusion and 1343 exclusion caused through the 1344 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and 1345 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1346 variables, respectively. 1347 1348 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude 1349 any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` is set by the 1350 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1351 is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1352 1353 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` 1354 A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the 1355 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The 1356 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` variable overrides the license inclusion and 1357 exclusion caused through the 1358 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and 1359 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1360 variables, respectively. 1361 1362 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include 1363 any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` is set by the 1364 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1365 is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1366 1367 :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` 1368 A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source 1369 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1370 Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``, 1371 ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``. 1372 1373 The default value, which is "target*", for :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` 1374 is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` 1375 class, which is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1376 1377 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` 1378 If set to "1" along with the 1379 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the 1380 OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files, 1381 which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each 1382 package. The license files are placed in directories within the image 1383 itself during build time. 1384 1385 .. note:: 1386 1387 The :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` does not offer a path for adding licenses for 1388 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for 1389 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the 1390 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. 1391 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" 1392 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for 1393 information on providing license text. 1394 1395 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` 1396 If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license 1397 manifest for the image to 1398 ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image 1399 itself during build time. 1400 1401 .. note:: 1402 1403 The :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` does not offer a path for adding licenses for 1404 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for 1405 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the 1406 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. 1407 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" 1408 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for 1409 information on providing license text. 1410 1411 :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL` 1412 Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should 1413 only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found 1414 in the :term:`Build Directory`. 1415 1416 This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer 1417 supported. 1418 1419 :term:`COREBASE` 1420 Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata 1421 layer (i.e. ``meta``). 1422 1423 It is an important distinction that :term:`COREBASE` points to the parent 1424 of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you 1425 have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name 1426 for your local copy of the repository. In this case, :term:`COREBASE` 1427 points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of 1428 the ``poky/meta`` layer. 1429 1430 :term:`COREBASE_FILES` 1431 Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that 1432 should be copied other than the layers listed in the 1433 ``bblayers.conf`` file. The :term:`COREBASE_FILES` variable allows 1434 to copy metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system 1435 into the extensible SDK. 1436 1437 Explicitly listing files in :term:`COREBASE` is needed because it 1438 typically contains build directories and other files that should not 1439 normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value 1440 of :term:`COREBASE_FILES` is used in order to only copy the files that 1441 are actually needed. 1442 1443 :term:`CPP` 1444 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor. 1445 1446 :term:`CPPFLAGS` 1447 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 1448 C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment 1449 variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the 1450 compilation step. 1451 1452 Default initialization for :term:`CPPFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1453 being built: 1454 1455 - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for 1456 the target 1457 1458 - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the 1459 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1460 1461 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building 1462 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1463 1464 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` 1465 The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The 1466 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` variable is the same as the 1467 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable. 1468 1469 .. note:: 1470 1471 The OpenEmbedded build system sets the :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` 1472 variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel 1473 and kernel module recipes). 1474 1475 :term:`CVE_CHECK_PN_WHITELIST` 1476 The list of package names (:term:`PN`) for which 1477 CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) are ignored. 1478 1479 :term:`CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST` 1480 The list of CVE IDs which are ignored. Here is 1481 an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Python3 recipe</layerindex/recipe/23823>`:: 1482 1483 # This is windows only issue. 1484 CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST += "CVE-2020-15523" 1485 1486 :term:`CVE_PRODUCT` 1487 In a recipe, defines the name used to match the recipe name 1488 against the name in the upstream `NIST CVE database <https://nvd.nist.gov/>`__. 1489 1490 The default is ${:term:`BPN`}. If it does not match the name in the NIST CVE 1491 database or matches with multiple entries in the database, the default 1492 value needs to be changed. 1493 1494 Here is an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Berkeley DB recipe </layerindex/recipe/544>`:: 1495 1496 CVE_PRODUCT = "oracle_berkeley_db berkeley_db" 1497 1498 :term:`CVSDIR` 1499 The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are 1500 stored. 1501 1502 :term:`CXX` 1503 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler. 1504 1505 :term:`CXXFLAGS` 1506 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is 1507 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the 1508 software being built during the compilation step. 1509 1510 Default initialization for :term:`CXXFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1511 being built: 1512 1513 - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for 1514 the target 1515 1516 - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the 1517 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1518 1519 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building 1520 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1521 1522 :term:`D` 1523 The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` 1524 where components are installed by the 1525 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults 1526 to:: 1527 1528 ${WORKDIR}/image 1529 1530 .. note:: 1531 1532 Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under 1533 :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`. 1534 1535 :term:`DATE` 1536 The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month, 1537 and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015). 1538 1539 :term:`DATETIME` 1540 The date and time on which the current build started. The format is 1541 suitable for timestamps. 1542 1543 :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` 1544 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, 1545 which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` specifies a 1546 particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library 1547 package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you 1548 set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:: 1549 1550 DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME:fontconfig-utils = "1" 1551 1552 :term:`DEBIANNAME` 1553 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, 1554 which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIANNAME` allows you to override 1555 the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library 1556 name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an 1557 override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the 1558 ``dbus`` recipe:: 1559 1560 DEBIANNAME:${PN} = "dbus-1" 1561 1562 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` 1563 Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This 1564 influences the value of the :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable. 1565 1566 :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` 1567 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when 1568 compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O 1569 -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe". 1570 1571 :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` 1572 Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. 1573 1574 The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within 1575 a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the 1576 variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build 1577 by default in the absence of :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` being used to 1578 build the development version. 1579 1580 .. note:: 1581 1582 The bias provided by :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` is weak and is overridden 1583 by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two 1584 layers that contain different versions of the same recipe. 1585 1586 :term:`DEBUG_PREFIX_MAP` 1587 Allows to set C compiler options, such as ``-fdebug-prefix-map``, 1588 ``-fmacro-prefix-map``, and ``-ffile-prefix-map``, which allow to 1589 replace build-time paths by install-time ones in the debugging sections 1590 of binaries. This makes compiler output files location independent, 1591 at the cost of having to pass an extra command to tell the debugger 1592 where source files are. 1593 1594 This is used by the Yocto Project to guarantee 1595 :doc:`/test-manual/reproducible-builds` even when the source code of 1596 a package uses the ``__FILE__`` or ``assert()`` macros. See the 1597 `reproducible-builds.org <https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/build-path/>`__ 1598 website for details. 1599 1600 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 1601 not intended to be user-configurable. 1602 1603 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` 1604 The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. 1605 the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The 1606 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` helps define 1607 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. 1608 1609 The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the 1610 machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override 1611 the setting using available tunes as defined with 1612 :term:`AVAILTUNES`. 1613 1614 :term:`DEPENDS` 1615 Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on 1616 other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are 1617 needed by the recipe at build time. 1618 1619 As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following 1620 assignment:: 1621 1622 DEPENDS = "bar" 1623 1624 The practical effect of the previous 1625 assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in 1626 the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the 1627 :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the 1628 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs. 1629 This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on 1630 the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of 1631 each recipe listed in :term:`DEPENDS`, through a 1632 ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]`` 1633 declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class. 1634 1635 .. note:: 1636 1637 It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` 1638 explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are 1639 configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots. 1640 1641 As another example, :term:`DEPENDS` can also be used to add utilities 1642 that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe 1643 that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` 1644 might have the following:: 1645 1646 DEPENDS = "codegen-native" 1647 1648 For more 1649 information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and 1650 the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable. 1651 1652 .. note:: 1653 1654 - :term:`DEPENDS` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise, 1655 it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which 1656 usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as 1657 "foo-dev" in :term:`DEPENDS` does not make sense. Use "foo" 1658 instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make 1659 up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the 1660 sysroot. 1661 1662 - One recipe having another recipe in :term:`DEPENDS` does not by 1663 itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages 1664 produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the 1665 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 1666 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, 1667 runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning 1668 :term:`DEPENDS` alone is sufficient for most recipes. 1669 1670 - Counterintuitively, :term:`DEPENDS` is often necessary even for 1671 recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if 1672 ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against 1673 ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both 1674 ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot. 1675 Without a :term:`DEPENDS` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo`` 1676 to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might 1677 fail to link against ``libfoo``. 1678 1679 For information on runtime dependencies, see the 1680 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the 1681 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and 1682 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the 1683 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and 1684 dependencies. 1685 1686 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` 1687 Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to 1688 place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready 1689 to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory 1690 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as 1691 ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``. 1692 1693 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see 1694 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. 1695 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the 1696 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`", 1697 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and 1698 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the 1699 Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1700 1701 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` 1702 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1703 Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build 1704 system. This variable applies only when 1705 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1706 "package_deb". 1707 1708 The BitBake configuration file initially defines the 1709 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable as a sub-folder of 1710 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1711 1712 DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" 1713 1714 The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the 1715 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable to make sure the 1716 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task 1717 writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more 1718 information on how packaging works, see the 1719 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1720 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1721 1722 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 1723 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1724 images and other associated output files that are ready to be 1725 deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific 1726 as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory 1727 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as 1728 ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``. 1729 1730 It must not be used directly in recipes when deploying files. Instead, 1731 it's only useful when a recipe needs to "read" a file already deployed 1732 by a dependency. So, it should be filled with the contents of 1733 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class or 1734 with the contents of :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`image 1735 <ref-classes-image>` class. 1736 1737 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see 1738 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. 1739 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the 1740 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and 1741 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in 1742 the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1743 1744 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` 1745 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1746 IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. 1747 This variable applies only when 1748 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1749 "package_ipk". 1750 1751 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1752 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1753 1754 DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" 1755 1756 The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the 1757 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` variable to make sure the 1758 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task 1759 writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1760 on how packaging works, see the 1761 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1762 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1763 1764 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` 1765 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1766 RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. 1767 This variable applies only when 1768 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1769 "package_rpm". 1770 1771 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1772 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1773 1774 DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" 1775 1776 The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the 1777 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` variable to make sure the 1778 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task 1779 writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1780 on how packaging works, see the 1781 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1782 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1783 1784 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` 1785 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1786 tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This 1787 variable applies only when 1788 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1789 "package_tar". 1790 1791 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1792 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1793 1794 DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" 1795 1796 The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the 1797 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` variable to make sure the 1798 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task 1799 writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1800 on how packaging works, see the 1801 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1802 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1803 1804 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` 1805 When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the 1806 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that 1807 is set in the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class as follows:: 1808 1809 DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" 1810 1811 Recipes inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class should copy files to be 1812 deployed into :term:`DEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of copying 1813 them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 1814 afterwards. 1815 1816 :term:`DESCRIPTION` 1817 The package description used by package managers. If not set, 1818 :term:`DESCRIPTION` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY` 1819 variable. 1820 1821 :term:`DISTRO` 1822 The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name 1823 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` 1824 variable. 1825 1826 The :term:`DISTRO` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration 1827 file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose 1828 filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution 1829 configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf`` 1830 and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the 1831 :term:`Source Directory`. 1832 1833 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO` variable is set as 1834 follows:: 1835 1836 DISTRO = "poky" 1837 1838 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` 1839 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the 1840 distribution configuration. The value for :term:`DISTRO` must not contain 1841 spaces, and is typically all lower-case. 1842 1843 .. note:: 1844 1845 If the :term:`DISTRO` variable is blank, a set of default configurations 1846 are used, which are specified within 1847 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. 1848 1849 :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME` 1850 Specifies a codename for the distribution being built. 1851 1852 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 1853 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. 1854 This variable takes effect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the 1855 variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that 1856 include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep 1857 distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro 1858 variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file. 1859 1860 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 1861 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if 1862 the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. 1863 kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but 1864 you can remove them. 1865 1866 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` 1867 The software support you want in your distribution for various 1868 features. You define your distribution features in the distribution 1869 configuration file. 1870 1871 In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in 1872 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` is translated to the appropriate option supplied 1873 to the configure script during the 1874 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that 1875 optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in 1876 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, causes every piece of software built for the 1877 target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support 1878 enabled. 1879 1880 Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete 1881 list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can 1882 provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section. 1883 1884 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` 1885 Features to be added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` if not also present in 1886 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`. 1887 1888 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 1889 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference 1890 the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for 1891 all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section 1892 for more information. 1893 1894 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` 1895 Features from :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be 1896 backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`) during the build. See 1897 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. 1898 1899 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` 1900 A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro 1901 features with the exception of any features specific to the C library 1902 (``libc``). 1903 1904 When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be 1905 able to reuse the default 1906 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the 1907 need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses 1908 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` from a custom distro configuration file:: 1909 1910 DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" 1911 1912 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` 1913 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target 1914 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be 1915 included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native recipes. This 1916 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the 1917 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` 1918 variable. 1919 1920 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` 1921 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target 1922 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be 1923 included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building nativesdk recipes. This 1924 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the 1925 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` 1926 variable. 1927 1928 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` 1929 Specifies a list of features that should be included in 1930 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native 1931 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered 1932 using the 1933 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` 1934 variable. 1935 1936 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` 1937 Specifies a list of features that should be included in 1938 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building 1939 nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features 1940 filtered using the 1941 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` 1942 variable. 1943 1944 :term:`DISTRO_NAME` 1945 The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name 1946 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable. 1947 1948 The :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable corresponds to a distribution 1949 configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's 1950 argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the 1951 distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named 1952 ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory 1953 of the :term:`Source Directory`. 1954 1955 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is set 1956 as follows:: 1957 1958 DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" 1959 1960 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` 1961 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the 1962 distribution configuration. 1963 1964 .. note:: 1965 1966 If the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is blank, a set of default 1967 configurations are used, which are specified within 1968 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. 1969 1970 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` 1971 The version of the distribution. 1972 1973 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` 1974 A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current 1975 distribution. By default, this list includes the value of 1976 :term:`DISTRO`. 1977 1978 You can extend :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that should 1979 apply to the distribution. 1980 1981 The underlying mechanism behind :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` is simply that it 1982 is included in the default value of 1983 :term:`OVERRIDES`. 1984 1985 :term:`DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH` 1986 When used by recipes that inherit the 1987 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` class, this variable should 1988 be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is 1989 located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by 1990 :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from 1991 a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule`` 1992 subdirectory, you would have this:: 1993 1994 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 1995 DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule" 1996 1997 .. note:: 1998 1999 ``distutils`` has been deprecated in Python 3.10 and will be removed 2000 in Python 3.12. For this reason, the use of :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` 2001 is deprecated. Instead use :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` and the 2002 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH` variable. 2003 2004 :term:`DL_DIR` 2005 The central download directory used by the build process to store 2006 downloads. By default, :term:`DL_DIR` gets files suitable for mirroring 2007 for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git 2008 repositories, use the 2009 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` 2010 variable. 2011 2012 You can set this directory by defining the :term:`DL_DIR` variable in the 2013 ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you 2014 should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is 2015 ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`. 2016 :: 2017 2018 #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads" 2019 2020 To specify a different download directory, 2021 simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory. 2022 2023 During a first build, the system downloads many different source code 2024 tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a 2025 while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are 2026 all stored in the directory defined by :term:`DL_DIR` and the build 2027 system looks there first to find source tarballs. 2028 2029 .. note:: 2030 2031 When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to 2032 speed up this part of subsequent builds. 2033 2034 You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the 2035 same development machine. For additional information on how the build 2036 process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy 2037 server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`" 2038 chapter. You can also refer to the 2039 ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`" 2040 Wiki page. 2041 2042 :term:`DOC_COMPRESS` 2043 When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>` 2044 class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the 2045 OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By 2046 default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies 2047 available are xz and bz2. 2048 2049 For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the 2050 comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file. 2051 2052 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` 2053 When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or 2054 ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the 2055 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The 2056 default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead. 2057 2058 See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and 2059 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more 2060 information. 2061 2062 :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION` 2063 Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated 2064 during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or 2065 less). 2066 2067 :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` 2068 When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>` 2069 class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by 2070 the :ref:`error reporting 2071 tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which 2072 allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central 2073 database. By default, the value of this variable is 2074 ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``. 2075 2076 You can set :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` to the path you want the error 2077 reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your 2078 ``local.conf`` file:: 2079 2080 ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" 2081 2082 :term:`ERROR_QA` 2083 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as 2084 errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in 2085 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you 2086 can control with this variable, see the 2087 ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section. 2088 2089 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` 2090 Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to 2091 exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries. 2092 2093 .. note:: 2094 2095 The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from 2096 the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the 2097 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared 2098 libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between 2099 packages. 2100 2101 The :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable is similar to the 2102 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a 2103 package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. 2104 2105 Use the :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable by setting it to "1" for a 2106 particular package:: 2107 2108 EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" 2109 2110 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` 2111 Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. 2112 ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and 2113 builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the 2114 ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file. 2115 2116 To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the 2117 variable to "1" in the recipe. 2118 2119 .. note:: 2120 2121 Recipes added to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` may still be built during a 2122 world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding 2123 a recipe to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` only ensures that the recipe is not 2124 explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build. 2125 2126 :term:`EXTENDPE` 2127 Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's 2128 version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If :term:`PE` 2129 is set and greater than zero for a recipe, :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes that 2130 value (e.g if :term:`PE` is equal to "1" then :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "1"). 2131 If a recipe's :term:`PE` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero, 2132 :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "". 2133 2134 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. 2135 2136 :term:`EXTENDPKGV` 2137 The full package version specification as it appears on the final 2138 packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used 2139 to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another 2140 package in the same recipe:: 2141 2142 RDEPENDS:${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" 2143 2144 The dependency relationships are intended to force the package 2145 manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step. 2146 2147 :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` 2148 When set, the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` variable indicates that these 2149 tools are not in the source tree. 2150 2151 When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over 2152 any externally installed tools. Setting the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` 2153 variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed 2154 external tools. See the 2155 :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in 2156 ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used. 2157 2158 :term:`EXTERNALSRC` 2159 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` 2160 class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of 2161 the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the 2162 :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build 2163 system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code. 2164 2165 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc`" section for details. You 2166 can also find information on how to use this variable in the 2167 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`" 2168 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2169 2170 :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` 2171 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` 2172 class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's 2173 source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build 2174 system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable, 2175 which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build 2176 Directory. 2177 2178 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc`" section for details. You 2179 can also find information on how to use this variable in the 2180 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`" 2181 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2182 2183 :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` 2184 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` 2185 class, you can use :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` to specify extra options to 2186 pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the 2187 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. 2188 2189 The default value is "--exclude=autopoint". 2190 2191 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` 2192 A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing 2193 more than one feature, separate them with a space. 2194 2195 Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file, 2196 which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`. 2197 Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best 2198 practices dictate that you do not. 2199 2200 .. note:: 2201 2202 To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the 2203 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. 2204 2205 Here are some examples of features you can add: 2206 2207 - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including 2208 symbol information for debugging and profiling. 2209 2210 - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and 2211 enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and 2212 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" 2213 section for more information. 2214 - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is 2215 useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image. 2216 - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is 2217 read-only. See the 2218 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`" 2219 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more 2220 information 2221 - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace. 2222 - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make, 2223 pkgconfig and so forth. 2224 - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools 2225 such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth. 2226 2227 For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto 2228 Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. 2229 2230 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this 2231 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" 2232 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2233 2234 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD` 2235 Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has 2236 been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting 2237 this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is 2238 an example:: 2239 2240 EXTRA_IMAGECMD:ext3 ?= "-i 4096" 2241 2242 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` 2243 A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for 2244 installing into the root filesystem. 2245 2246 Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not 2247 needed in the root filesystem. You can use the :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` 2248 variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A 2249 typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration. 2250 2251 .. note:: 2252 2253 To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various 2254 :term:`RDEPENDS` and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables. 2255 2256 :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` 2257 A list of subdirectories of 2258 ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}`` 2259 added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an 2260 example, the following prepends 2261 "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to 2262 ``PATH``:: 2263 2264 EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" 2265 2266 :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` 2267 Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the 2268 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information. 2269 2270 :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` 2271 Additional ``configure`` script options. See 2272 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for 2273 additional information on passing configure script options. 2274 2275 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` 2276 Additional GNU ``make`` options. 2277 2278 Because the :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` defaults to "", you need to set the 2279 variable to specify any required GNU options. 2280 2281 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and 2282 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of 2283 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` to pass the required flags. 2284 2285 :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS` 2286 When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this 2287 variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass 2288 to the ``scons`` command line. 2289 2290 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` 2291 When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>` 2292 class, this variable provides image level user and group operations. 2293 This is a more global method of providing user and group 2294 configuration as compared to using the 2295 :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and 2296 group configurations to a specific recipe. 2297 2298 The set list of commands you can configure using the 2299 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` is shown in the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>` class. These 2300 commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names:: 2301 2302 # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ 2303 # useradd -p '' tester; \ 2304 # groupadd developers; \ 2305 # userdel nobody; \ 2306 # groupdel -g video; \ 2307 # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ 2308 # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ 2309 # " 2310 2311 Additionally there is a special ``passwd-expire`` command that will 2312 cause the password for a user to be expired and thus force changing it 2313 on first login, for example:: 2314 2315 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS += " useradd myuser; passwd-expire myuser;" 2316 2317 .. note:: 2318 2319 At present, ``passwd-expire`` may only work for remote logins when 2320 using OpenSSH and not dropbear as an SSH server. 2321 2322 :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` 2323 Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific 2324 item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. 2325 When setting the value, :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` should have the name of 2326 the feature item as an override. Here is an example:: 2327 2328 FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" 2329 2330 In this example, if "widget" were added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`, 2331 package1 and package2 would be included in the image. 2332 2333 .. note:: 2334 2335 Packages installed by features defined through :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` 2336 are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not 2337 confuse the :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` variable with package groups, which 2338 are discussed elsewhere in the documentation. 2339 2340 :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI` 2341 Points to the base URL of the server and location within the 2342 document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by 2343 OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set 2344 this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 2345 2346 Consider the following example:: 2347 2348 FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" 2349 2350 This example assumes you are serving 2351 your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory 2352 named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's 2353 document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates 2354 a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with 2355 the feed. 2356 2357 :term:`FILES` 2358 The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The 2359 :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages 2360 generated by a recipe. 2361 2362 To use the :term:`FILES` variable, provide a package name override that 2363 identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated 2364 list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as 2365 part of the resulting package. Here is an example:: 2366 2367 FILES:${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" 2368 2369 .. note:: 2370 2371 - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using 2372 Python's 2373 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ 2374 syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by 2375 following the previous link. 2376 2377 - When specifying paths as part of the :term:`FILES` variable, it is 2378 good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example, 2379 use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}`` 2380 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these 2381 variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in 2382 the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also 2383 find the default values of the various ``FILES:*`` variables in 2384 this file. 2385 2386 If some of the files you provide with the :term:`FILES` variable are 2387 editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the 2388 package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you 2389 can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See 2390 the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on 2391 how to identify these files to the PMS. 2392 2393 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` 2394 Defines the file specification to match 2395 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words, 2396 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` defines the full path name of the development 2397 symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. 2398 2399 The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is 2400 set:: 2401 2402 FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" 2403 2404 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` 2405 Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 2406 looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append 2407 files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes 2408 are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH` 2409 variable. You can extend :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using 2410 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`. 2411 2412 Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using 2413 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you 2414 prepend paths as follows:: 2415 2416 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" 2417 2418 In the above example, the build system first 2419 looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the 2420 corresponding append file. 2421 2422 .. note:: 2423 2424 When extending :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`, be sure to use the immediate 2425 expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that 2426 BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the 2427 directive is encountered rather than at some later time when 2428 expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the 2429 files you need. 2430 2431 Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are 2432 prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you 2433 are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories 2434 to the search path. 2435 2436 Here is another common use:: 2437 2438 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" 2439 2440 In this example, the build system extends the 2441 :term:`FILESPATH` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is 2442 in the same directory as the corresponding append file. 2443 2444 This next example specifically adds three paths:: 2445 2446 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" 2447 2448 A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include 2449 a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful 2450 in a BSP layer:: 2451 2452 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend:intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" 2453 2454 The previous statement appears in the 2455 ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the 2456 :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in 2457 ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine 2458 override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` 2459 definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines. 2460 2461 .. note:: 2462 2463 For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be 2464 the value of :term:`MACHINE`. 2465 2466 By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append 2467 files that reside in different layers but are used for the same 2468 recipe to correctly extend the path. 2469 2470 :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` 2471 A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the 2472 OpenEmbedded build system for creating 2473 :term:`FILESPATH`. The :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable 2474 uses overrides to automatically extend the 2475 :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how 2476 that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable 2477 description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides 2478 are handled in the 2479 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" 2480 section of the BitBake User Manual. 2481 2482 By default, the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable is defined as:: 2483 2484 FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" 2485 2486 .. note:: 2487 2488 Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. The values match up 2489 with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the 2490 build system. 2491 2492 :term:`FILESPATH` 2493 The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses 2494 when searching for patches and files. 2495 2496 During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in 2497 :term:`FILESPATH` in the specified order when looking for files and 2498 patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's 2499 :term:`SRC_URI` statements. 2500 2501 The default value for the :term:`FILESPATH` variable is defined in the 2502 :ref:`ref-classes-base` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the 2503 :term:`Source Directory`:: 2504 2505 FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ 2506 "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" 2507 2508 The 2509 :term:`FILESPATH` variable is automatically extended using the overrides 2510 from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. 2511 2512 .. note:: 2513 2514 - Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESPATH` variable. If you want the 2515 build system to look in directories other than the defaults, 2516 extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the 2517 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. 2518 2519 - Be aware that the default :term:`FILESPATH` directories do not map 2520 to directories in custom layers where append files 2521 (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find 2522 patches or files that reside with your append files, you need 2523 to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the 2524 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. 2525 2526 You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For 2527 example, consider a case where there is the following directory structure 2528 for general and machine-specific configurations:: 2529 2530 files/defconfig 2531 files/MACHINEA/defconfig 2532 files/MACHINEB/defconfig 2533 2534 Also in the example, the :term:`SRC_URI` statement contains 2535 "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set 2536 :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build 2537 system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set :term:`MACHINE` to 2538 "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``. 2539 Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the 2540 build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``. 2541 2542 You can find out more about the patching process in the 2543 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section 2544 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the 2545 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in 2546 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the 2547 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well. 2548 2549 :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` 2550 Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part 2551 of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose 2552 you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups 2553 and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the 2554 packages themselves but this is not always possible. 2555 2556 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``, 2557 which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`. 2558 If you create your own file 2559 permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the 2560 distro's layer. 2561 2562 You define the :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` variable in the 2563 ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`, 2564 to point to your custom 2565 ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions 2566 setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined 2567 within the :term:`BBPATH` variable. 2568 2569 For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings 2570 table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``. 2571 2572 :term:`FIT_DESC` 2573 Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default 2574 value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` 2575 class as follows:: 2576 2577 FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}" 2578 2579 :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS` 2580 Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they 2581 don't already exist. The keys are created in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`. 2582 The default value is 0. 2583 2584 :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG` 2585 Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256. 2586 2587 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG` 2588 Compression algorithm to use for the kernel image inside the FIT Image. 2589 At present, the only supported values are "gzip" (default) or "none" 2590 If you set this variable to anything other than "none" you may also need 2591 to set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`. 2592 2593 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION` 2594 File extension corresponding to :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`. The default 2595 value is ".gz". 2596 2597 :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS` 2598 Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing 2599 fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to 2600 use. 2601 2602 :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS` 2603 Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage. 2604 The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode 2605 and new for generating new keys. 2606 2607 :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS` 2608 Format for public key certificate used in signing fitImage. 2609 The default value is "x509". 2610 2611 :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG` 2612 Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. 2613 For e.g. rsa2048. 2614 2615 :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS` 2616 Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default 2617 value is "2048". 2618 2619 :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL` 2620 If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` 2621 class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition 2622 to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are 2623 intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via 2624 U-Boot. 2625 2626 :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 2627 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, 2628 this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages. 2629 By default, the :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` is set to "fontconfig-utils". 2630 2631 :term:`FONT_PACKAGES` 2632 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, 2633 this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to 2634 be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class assumes 2635 that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e. 2636 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you 2637 need are in a package other than that main package. 2638 2639 :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE` 2640 Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED`` 2641 during the generation of the root filesystem. 2642 2643 Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages. 2644 2645 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` 2646 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when 2647 compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe 2648 ${DEBUG_FLAGS}". 2649 2650 :term:`GCCPIE` 2651 Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C 2652 Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented 2653 Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. 2654 2655 By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the 2656 variable as follows:: 2657 2658 GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" 2659 2660 :term:`GCCVERSION` 2661 Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for 2662 compilation. By default, :term:`GCCVERSION` is set to "8.x" in the 2663 ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:: 2664 2665 GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" 2666 2667 You can override this value by setting it in a 2668 configuration file such as the ``local.conf``. 2669 2670 :term:`GDB` 2671 The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger. 2672 2673 :term:`GIR_EXTRA_LIBS_PATH` 2674 Allows to specify an extra search path for ``.so`` files 2675 in GLib related recipes using GObject introspection, 2676 and which do not compile without this setting. 2677 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling gobject introspection support`" 2678 section for details. 2679 2680 :term:`GITDIR` 2681 The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored 2682 when it is cloned. 2683 2684 :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` 2685 Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish 2686 to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming. 2687 2688 .. note:: 2689 2690 If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set 2691 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately. 2692 2693 You can set :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` in your ``local.conf`` file. 2694 By default, all locales are generated. 2695 :: 2696 2697 GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8" 2698 2699 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM` 2700 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 2701 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be 2702 passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the 2703 system when the package is installed. 2704 2705 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: 2706 2707 GROUPADD_PARAM:${PN} = "-r netdev" 2708 2709 For information on the standard Linux shell command 2710 ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd. 2711 2712 :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` 2713 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 2714 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be 2715 passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members 2716 of a group when the package is installed. 2717 2718 For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``, 2719 see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems. 2720 2721 :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL` 2722 Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics 2723 and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your 2724 ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics 2725 and serial in the menu. 2726 2727 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more 2728 information on how this variable is used. 2729 2730 :term:`GRUB_OPTS` 2731 Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) 2732 configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate 2733 multiple options. 2734 2735 The :term:`GRUB_OPTS` variable is optional. See the 2736 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information 2737 on how this variable is used. 2738 2739 :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` 2740 Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the 2741 GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB). 2742 2743 The :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` variable is optional. See the 2744 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information 2745 on how this variable is used. 2746 2747 :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES` 2748 When inheriting the 2749 :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class, 2750 this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input 2751 method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other 2752 than the main package. 2753 2754 :term:`HOMEPAGE` 2755 Website where more information about the software the recipe is 2756 building can be found. 2757 2758 :term:`HOST_ARCH` 2759 The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as 2760 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system 2761 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures 2762 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is 2763 configurable: 2764 2765 - arm 2766 - i586 2767 - x86_64 2768 - powerpc 2769 - powerpc64 2770 - mips 2771 - mipsel 2772 2773 :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` 2774 Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the 2775 C compiler. 2776 2777 Default initialization for :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` varies depending on what 2778 is being built: 2779 2780 - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the 2781 target 2782 2783 - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e. 2784 ``-native``) 2785 2786 - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e. 2787 ``nativesdk-``) 2788 2789 :term:`HOST_OS` 2790 Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally 2791 the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can 2792 be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for 2793 ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and 2794 "linux-musleabi" values possible. 2795 2796 :term:`HOST_PREFIX` 2797 Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. :term:`HOST_PREFIX` 2798 is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`. 2799 2800 :term:`HOST_SYS` 2801 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 2802 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the 2803 current recipe. 2804 2805 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 2806 on :term:`HOST_ARCH`, 2807 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and 2808 :term:`HOST_OS` variables. 2809 2810 .. note:: 2811 2812 You do not need to set the variable yourself. 2813 2814 Consider these two examples: 2815 2816 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the 2817 value is "i686-linux". 2818 2819 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running 2820 Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". 2821 2822 :term:`HOSTTOOLS` 2823 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that 2824 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this 2825 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool 2826 specified in the value of :term:`HOSTTOOLS` is not found on the build 2827 host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build 2828 is not started. 2829 2830 For additional information, see 2831 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`. 2832 2833 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` 2834 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that 2835 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this 2836 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike 2837 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system 2838 does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of 2839 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can 2840 use :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` to filter optional host tools. 2841 2842 :term:`HOST_VENDOR` 2843 Specifies the name of the vendor. :term:`HOST_VENDOR` is normally the 2844 same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`. 2845 2846 :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` 2847 Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more 2848 information on this function and best practices for using this 2849 variable, see the ":ref:`ref-classes-icecc`" 2850 section. 2851 2852 Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the 2853 function:: 2854 2855 ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" 2856 2857 To enable the function, set the variable as follows:: 2858 2859 ICECC_DISABLED = "" 2860 2861 :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC` 2862 Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This 2863 variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You 2864 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 2865 2866 If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded 2867 build system uses the default script provided by the 2868 ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not 2869 the one that comes with ``icecc``. 2870 2871 :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` 2872 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the 2873 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel 2874 compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x 2875 represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run. 2876 2877 .. note:: 2878 2879 The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the 2880 network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon. 2881 2882 If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the 2883 maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best 2884 performance could take some experimentation since machine speed, 2885 network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all 2886 affect build time. Consequently, unlike the 2887 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no 2888 rule-of-thumb for setting :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` to achieve optimal 2889 performance. 2890 2891 If you do not set :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`, the build system does not 2892 use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of 2893 cores as is done with :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`). 2894 2895 :term:`ICECC_PATH` 2896 The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in 2897 your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define 2898 this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts 2899 to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``. 2900 2901 :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL` 2902 Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed 2903 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the 2904 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in 2905 your ``local.conf`` file. 2906 2907 When you list classes using this variable, the recipes inheriting 2908 those classes will not benefit from distributed compilation across 2909 remote hosts. Instead they will be built locally. 2910 2911 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL` 2912 Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed 2913 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the 2914 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in 2915 your ``local.conf`` file. 2916 2917 When you list recipes using this variable, you are excluding them 2918 from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Instead they will 2919 be built locally. 2920 2921 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL` 2922 Identifies user recipes that use an empty 2923 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to 2924 force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream 2925 distributed compile support. This variable is used by the 2926 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in 2927 your ``local.conf`` file. 2928 2929 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` 2930 The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the 2931 recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). 2932 2933 :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES` 2934 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition 2935 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the 2936 ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default, 2937 the files are 2938 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the 2939 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon 2940 (;). Source files need to be located in 2941 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two 2942 examples:: 2943 2944 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" 2945 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" 2946 2947 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In 2948 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base 2949 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory 2950 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). 2951 Here are two examples:: 2952 2953 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" 2954 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" 2955 2956 The first example 2957 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/`` 2958 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs 2959 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. 2960 2961 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the 2962 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" 2963 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference 2964 material for Wic is located in the 2965 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. 2966 2967 :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES` 2968 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition 2969 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the 2970 ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default, 2971 the files are 2972 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the 2973 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon 2974 (;). Source files need to be located in 2975 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two 2976 examples:: 2977 2978 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" 2979 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" 2980 2981 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In 2982 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base 2983 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory 2984 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). 2985 Here are two examples:: 2986 2987 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" 2988 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" 2989 2990 The first example 2991 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles`` 2992 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs 2993 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. 2994 2995 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the 2996 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" 2997 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference 2998 material for Wic is located in the 2999 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. 3000 3001 :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` 3002 A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use 3003 this variable to specify the list of classes that register the 3004 different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates. 3005 3006 The default value for :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` is ``image_types``. You can 3007 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution 3008 configuration file. 3009 3010 For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the 3011 :term:`Source Directory`. 3012 3013 :term:`IMAGE_CMD` 3014 Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image 3015 type, which corresponds to the value set in 3016 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, 3017 ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use 3018 an override for the associated type. Here is an example:: 3019 3020 IMAGE_CMD:jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} --faketime \ 3021 --output=${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.jffs2 \ 3022 ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}" 3023 3024 You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding 3025 support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this 3026 variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>` 3027 class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``. 3028 3029 :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` 3030 Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that 3031 are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image. 3032 These files list basic device nodes that should be created under 3033 ``/dev`` within the image. If :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` is not set, 3034 ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by 3035 :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write 3036 device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an 3037 example. 3038 3039 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` 3040 The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you 3041 configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this 3042 variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the 3043 :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do 3044 not. 3045 3046 .. note:: 3047 3048 To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the 3049 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. 3050 3051 For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see 3052 the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. 3053 3054 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this 3055 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" 3056 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3057 3058 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` 3059 Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the 3060 build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting 3061 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` as follows causes the build system to create root 3062 filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:: 3063 3064 IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" 3065 3066 For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can 3067 choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`. 3068 3069 .. note:: 3070 3071 - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are 3072 setting :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` inside the recipe, you must set 3073 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` prior to using the "inherit image" line. 3074 3075 - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this 3076 variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``:append`` 3077 or ``:prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or 3078 more options to the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. 3079 3080 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` 3081 Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image 3082 through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the 3083 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable with care to avoid ordering issues. 3084 3085 Image recipes set :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to specify the packages to 3086 install into an image through :ref:`ref-classes-image`. Additionally, 3087 there are "helper" classes such as the 3088 :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class which can 3089 take lists used with :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and turn them into 3090 auto-generated entries in :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` in addition to its 3091 default contents. 3092 3093 When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:: 3094 3095 IMAGE_INSTALL:append = " package-name" 3096 3097 Be sure to include the space 3098 between the quotation character and the start of the package name or 3099 names. 3100 3101 .. note:: 3102 3103 - When working with a 3104 :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` 3105 image, do not use the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify 3106 packages for installation. Instead, use the 3107 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which 3108 allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a 3109 fixed set of packages and not be affected by :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`. 3110 For information on creating an initramfs, see the 3111 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" 3112 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3113 3114 - Using :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` with the 3115 :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>` 3116 BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from 3117 within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator 3118 in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since 3119 :ref:`ref-classes-core-image` sets :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to a default 3120 value using the 3121 :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>` 3122 operator, using a ``+=`` operation against :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` 3123 results in unexpected behavior when used within 3124 ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from 3125 within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the 3126 specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is 3127 contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work. 3128 3129 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` 3130 Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the 3131 root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system 3132 automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization, 3133 into separate packages. Setting the :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` variable 3134 ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already 3135 selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is 3136 an example:: 3137 3138 IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" 3139 3140 In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese 3141 and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are 3142 installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as 3143 ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages 3144 only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific 3145 language). 3146 3147 See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` 3148 variable for information on generating GLIBC locales. 3149 3150 3151 :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME` 3152 The name of the output image symlink (which does not include 3153 the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value 3154 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE` 3155 variables:: 3156 3157 IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}" 3158 3159 3160 :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` 3161 The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed 3162 packages that make up the image. The file contains package 3163 information on a line-per-package basis as follows:: 3164 3165 packagename packagearch version 3166 3167 The :ref:`rootfs-postcommands <ref-classes-rootfs*>` class defines the manifest 3168 file as follows:: 3169 3170 IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.manifest" 3171 3172 The location is 3173 derived using the :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` 3174 and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find 3175 information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`" 3176 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 3177 3178 :term:`IMAGE_NAME` 3179 The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable 3180 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, 3181 :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` 3182 variables:: 3183 3184 IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3185 3186 :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX` 3187 Suffix used for the image output filename - defaults to ``".rootfs"`` 3188 to distinguish the image file from other files created during image 3189 building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can 3190 clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example, 3191 this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes. 3192 3193 :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` 3194 Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial 3195 image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk 3196 usage value for the image is greater than the sum of 3197 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`. The result of 3198 the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk 3199 space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a 3200 multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in 3201 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to 3202 determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that 3203 post install scripts and the package management system uses disk 3204 space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does 3205 not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See 3206 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for information on how the build system 3207 determines the overall image size. 3208 3209 The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room 3210 to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a 3211 small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you 3212 can increase the default value. For example, the following setting 3213 gives you 50% free space added to the image:: 3214 3215 IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" 3216 3217 Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is 3218 added to the image by using the :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3219 variable. 3220 3221 :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` 3222 Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the 3223 OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by 3224 the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`, 3225 :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`, 3226 :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or 3227 :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class. 3228 3229 .. note:: 3230 3231 The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is 3232 recommended that you do not use it. 3233 3234 The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and 3235 :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` 3236 for packaging up images and SDKs. 3237 3238 You should not set the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` manually. Rather, the 3239 variable is set indirectly through the appropriate 3240 :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the 3241 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The 3242 OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM, 3243 or IPK) that appears with the variable 3244 3245 .. note:: 3246 3247 Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute 3248 packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image 3249 or SDK. 3250 3251 :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 3252 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 3253 system creates the final image output files. You can specify 3254 functions separated by semicolons:: 3255 3256 IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 3257 3258 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the 3259 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 3260 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 3261 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 3262 information. 3263 3264 :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` 3265 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build 3266 system creates the final image output files. You can specify 3267 functions separated by semicolons:: 3268 3269 IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 3270 3271 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the 3272 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 3273 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 3274 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 3275 information. 3276 3277 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` 3278 The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction 3279 (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This 3280 variable is not configurable. Do not change it. 3281 3282 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT` 3283 Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the 3284 size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is 3285 rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is 3286 "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for 3287 additional information. 3288 3289 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3290 Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By 3291 default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added 3292 to the image after the build system determines the image size as 3293 described in :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`. 3294 3295 This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a 3296 specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an 3297 image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of 3298 free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:: 3299 3300 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" 3301 3302 For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests 3303 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:: 3304 3305 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" 3306 3307 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` 3308 Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded 3309 build system determines the final size for the generated image using 3310 an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for 3311 the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested 3312 additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, 3313 the build system determines the final size of the generated image as 3314 follows:: 3315 3316 if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: 3317 internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace 3318 else: 3319 internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace 3320 where: 3321 image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image. 3322 overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR 3323 rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE 3324 internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications. 3325 xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE 3326 3327 See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` 3328 and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3329 variables for related information. 3330 3331 :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` 3332 Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an 3333 example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class:: 3334 3335 IMAGE_TYPEDEP:live = "ext3" 3336 3337 In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is 3338 listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable, 3339 the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since 3340 one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted 3341 partition containing the root filesystem. 3342 3343 :term:`IMAGE_TYPES` 3344 Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default: 3345 3346 - btrfs 3347 - container 3348 - cpio 3349 - cpio.gz 3350 - cpio.lz4 3351 - cpio.lzma 3352 - cpio.xz 3353 - cramfs 3354 - erofs 3355 - erofs-lz4 3356 - erofs-lz4hc 3357 - ext2 3358 - ext2.bz2 3359 - ext2.gz 3360 - ext2.lzma 3361 - ext3 3362 - ext3.gz 3363 - ext4 3364 - ext4.gz 3365 - f2fs 3366 - hddimg 3367 - iso 3368 - jffs2 3369 - jffs2.sum 3370 - multiubi 3371 - squashfs 3372 - squashfs-lz4 3373 - squashfs-lzo 3374 - squashfs-xz 3375 - tar 3376 - tar.bz2 3377 - tar.gz 3378 - tar.lz4 3379 - tar.xz 3380 - tar.zst 3381 - ubi 3382 - ubifs 3383 - wic 3384 - wic.bz2 3385 - wic.gz 3386 - wic.lzma 3387 3388 For more information about these types of images, see 3389 ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 3390 3391 :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` 3392 Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and 3393 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values. 3394 Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a 3395 version string that comes from your external build environment if 3396 desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across 3397 the build artifacts. 3398 3399 :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` 3400 When inheriting the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class directly or 3401 through the :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class, the 3402 :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files 3403 that is set in the ``image`` class as follows:: 3404 3405 IMGDEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}-image-complete" 3406 3407 Recipes inheriting the ``image`` class should copy files to be 3408 deployed into :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of 3409 copying them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` afterwards. 3410 3411 :term:`INC_PR` 3412 Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common 3413 ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the 3414 recipe revision as set from within an include file. 3415 3416 Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across 3417 several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its 3418 :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when 3419 the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find 3420 all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the 3421 updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get 3422 complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide 3423 common functionality are upgraded to a new revision. 3424 3425 A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the 3426 :term:`INC_PR` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes 3427 share and then expand the :term:`INC_PR` variable within the recipes to 3428 help define the recipe revision. 3429 3430 The following provides an example that shows how to use the 3431 :term:`INC_PR` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the 3432 variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you 3433 can use the variable to set the :term:`PR` values in each recipe. You 3434 will notice that when you set a recipe's :term:`PR` you can provide more 3435 granular revisioning by appending values to the :term:`INC_PR` variable:: 3436 3437 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" 3438 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" 3439 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" 3440 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3" 3441 3442 The 3443 first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be 3444 used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining 3445 lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the 3446 :term:`PR` value is set. 3447 3448 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` 3449 Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would 3450 appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded 3451 from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed 3452 incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually 3453 licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted. 3454 3455 .. note:: 3456 3457 This functionality is only regularly tested using the following 3458 setting:: 3459 3460 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" 3461 3462 3463 Although you can use other settings, you might be required to 3464 remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that 3465 are required to produce a functional system image. 3466 3467 .. note:: 3468 3469 It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be 3470 used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define 3471 a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses 3472 that are allowed. Then define :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` as:: 3473 3474 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" 3475 3476 3477 This will result in :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` containing the names of 3478 all licenses from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified 3479 in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES``, thus only allowing the latter licenses to 3480 be used. 3481 3482 :term:`INHERIT` 3483 Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous 3484 functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base 3485 configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build 3486 system ignores changes to :term:`INHERIT` in individual recipes. 3487 3488 For more information on :term:`INHERIT`, see the 3489 :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`" 3490 section in the Bitbake User Manual. 3491 3492 :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` 3493 Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is 3494 unlikely that you want to edit this variable. 3495 3496 The default value of the variable is set as follows in the 3497 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:: 3498 3499 INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" 3500 3501 :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS` 3502 Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard 3503 C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`. 3504 This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any 3505 compilation using the C compiler. 3506 3507 Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from 3508 being added. 3509 3510 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` 3511 Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug 3512 information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out 3513 debugging information during the 3514 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on 3515 how debug information is split out, see the 3516 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` 3517 variable. 3518 3519 To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information 3520 during packaging, set the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable as 3521 follows:: 3522 3523 INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" 3524 3525 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` 3526 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting 3527 packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source 3528 files. 3529 3530 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts 3531 the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``. 3532 Consequently, you should not set :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` when you 3533 plan to debug in general. 3534 3535 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` 3536 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the 3537 resulting sysroot. 3538 3539 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the 3540 resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the 3541 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit 3542 this stripping. 3543 3544 If you want to use this variable, include the 3545 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a 3546 ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts 3547 accordingly. 3548 3549 .. note:: 3550 3551 Use of the :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable occurs in rare and 3552 special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building 3553 bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore, 3554 even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, there are other files 3555 needed for the build that are not strippable. 3556 3557 :term:`INITRAMFS_DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 3558 Indicates the deploy directory used by ``do_bundle_initramfs`` where the 3559 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` will be fetched from. 3560 This variable is set by default to ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}`` in the 3561 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and it's only meant to be changed 3562 when building an initramfs image from a separate multiconfig via :term:`INITRAMFS_MULTICONFIG`. 3563 3564 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES` 3565 Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem 3566 (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the 3567 same as those supported by the 3568 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. 3569 3570 The default value of this variable, which is set in the 3571 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the 3572 :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's 3573 initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem 3574 `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects 3575 an optionally compressed cpio archive. 3576 3577 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` 3578 Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image 3579 recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) 3580 image. In other words, the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable causes an 3581 additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root 3582 filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The 3583 initramfs image recipe you provide should set 3584 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to 3585 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`. 3586 3587 An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for 3588 early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate 3589 and mount the "real" root filesystem). 3590 3591 .. note:: 3592 3593 See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb`` 3594 recipe in the :term:`Source Directory` 3595 for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as 3596 the one built to provide the initramfs image, set :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` 3597 to "core-image-minimal-initramfs". 3598 3599 You can also find more information by referencing the 3600 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in 3601 the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class, 3602 and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use 3603 the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable. 3604 3605 If :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is empty, which is the default, then no 3606 initramfs image is built. 3607 3608 For more information, you can also see the 3609 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` 3610 variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the 3611 kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs 3612 image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 3613 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3614 3615 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` 3616 Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by 3617 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an 3618 extra pass 3619 (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during 3620 kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains 3621 both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) 3622 image. This makes use of the 3623 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel 3624 feature. 3625 3626 .. note:: 3627 3628 Bundling the initramfs with the kernel conflates the code in the 3629 initramfs with the GPLv2 licensed Linux kernel binary. Thus only GPLv2 3630 compatible software may be part of a bundled initramfs. 3631 3632 .. note:: 3633 3634 Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a 3635 circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs 3636 recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be 3637 the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the 3638 kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe 3639 since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image. 3640 3641 The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory, 3642 which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`. 3643 3644 Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the 3645 OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the 3646 initramfs specified in :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` bundled within:: 3647 3648 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" 3649 3650 By default, the 3651 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a 3652 null string as follows:: 3653 3654 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" 3655 3656 .. note:: 3657 3658 You must set the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` variable in a 3659 configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file. 3660 3661 See the 3662 :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>` 3663 file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an 3664 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 3665 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3666 3667 :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` 3668 The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is 3669 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3670 follows:: 3671 3672 INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 3673 3674 The value of the 3675 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 3676 file, has the following value:: 3677 3678 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 3679 3680 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 3681 information. 3682 3683 :term:`INITRAMFS_MULTICONFIG` 3684 Defines the multiconfig to create a multiconfig dependency to be used by the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class. 3685 3686 This allows the kernel to bundle an :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` coming from 3687 a separate multiconfig, this is meant to be used in addition to :term:`INITRAMFS_DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. 3688 3689 For more information on how to bundle an initramfs image from a separate 3690 multiconfig see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:Bundling an Initramfs Image From a Separate Multiconfig`" 3691 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3692 3693 :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` 3694 The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is 3695 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3696 follows:: 3697 3698 INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 3699 3700 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3701 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 3702 3703 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3704 3705 :term:`INITRD` 3706 Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an 3707 initial RAM disk (``initrd``). 3708 3709 The :term:`INITRD` variable is an optional variable used with the 3710 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. 3711 3712 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` 3713 When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when 3714 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"), 3715 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` specifies the image recipe that should be built to 3716 provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is 3717 "core-image-minimal-initramfs". 3718 3719 See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more 3720 information. 3721 3722 :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME` 3723 The filename of the initialization script as installed to 3724 ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``. 3725 3726 This variable is used in recipes when using :ref:`ref-classes-update-rc.d`. 3727 The variable is mandatory. 3728 3729 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES` 3730 A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages 3731 are specified, you need to append the package name to the other 3732 ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override. 3733 3734 This variable is used in recipes when using :ref:`ref-classes-update-rc.d`. 3735 The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN` 3736 variable. 3737 3738 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` 3739 Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:: 3740 3741 INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." 3742 3743 In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script 3744 in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6. 3745 3746 The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the 3747 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class. 3748 3749 The value in :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` is passed through to the 3750 ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters, 3751 please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at 3752 https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html 3753 3754 :term:`INSANE_SKIP` 3755 Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a 3756 recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` 3757 files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the 3758 recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example 3759 is ``${PN}``:: 3760 3761 INSANE_SKIP:${PN} += "dev-so" 3762 3763 See the ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section for a 3764 list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable. 3765 3766 :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` 3767 By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file. 3768 Set the :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` variable to "0" at the 3769 configuration level to disable this behavior. 3770 3771 :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS` 3772 When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on 3773 the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the 3774 target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once 3775 the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades 3776 using the package manager at runtime. 3777 3778 :term:`KARCH` 3779 Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the 3780 configuration. Architectures supported for this release are: 3781 3782 - powerpc 3783 - i386 3784 - x86_64 3785 - arm 3786 - qemu 3787 - mips 3788 3789 You define the :term:`KARCH` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. 3790 3791 :term:`KBRANCH` 3792 A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify 3793 the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a 3794 build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch 3795 you want is being used by the build process. 3796 3797 Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the 3798 kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the 3799 ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the 3800 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. :term:`KBRANCH` 3801 is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:: 3802 3803 KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" 3804 3805 This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify 3806 the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target 3807 hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's 3808 append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the 3809 BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the 3810 Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA 3811 machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named 3812 ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. 3813 Here are the related statements from that append file:: 3814 3815 KBRANCH:genericx86 = "standard/base" 3816 KBRANCH:genericx86-64 = "standard/base" 3817 KBRANCH:edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter" 3818 KBRANCH:beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone" 3819 3820 The :term:`KBRANCH` statements 3821 identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported 3822 BSP. 3823 3824 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` 3825 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` 3826 class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use 3827 during a kernel build. 3828 3829 Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a 3830 build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you 3831 would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e. 3832 "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that 3833 is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the 3834 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable and append the 3835 :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the 3836 ``defconfig`` file. 3837 3838 To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe 3839 using the following form:: 3840 3841 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file 3842 3843 Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" :term:`KMACHINE` build that uses 3844 a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":: 3845 3846 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" 3847 3848 As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:: 3849 3850 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:pn-linux-yocto ?= "defconfig_file" 3851 3852 For more 3853 information on how to use the :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable, see the 3854 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`" 3855 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 3856 3857 :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` 3858 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` 3859 class, specifies the kernel configuration values to use for options 3860 not specified in the provided ``defconfig`` file. Valid options are:: 3861 3862 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig" 3863 KCONFIG_MODE = "allnoconfig" 3864 3865 In ``alldefconfig`` mode the options not explicitly specified will be 3866 assigned their Kconfig default value. In ``allnoconfig`` mode the 3867 options not explicitly specified will be disabled in the kernel 3868 config. 3869 3870 In case :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` is not set the behaviour will depend on where 3871 the ``defconfig`` file is coming from. An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file 3872 will be handled in ``alldefconfig`` mode, a ``defconfig`` file placed 3873 in ``${WORKDIR}`` through a meta-layer will be handled in 3874 ``allnoconfig`` mode. 3875 3876 An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file can be selected via the 3877 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does not need to 3878 be explicitly set. 3879 3880 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``allnoconfig`` mode can be 3881 generated by copying the ``.config`` file from a working Linux kernel 3882 build, renaming it to ``defconfig`` and placing it into the Linux 3883 kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your meta-layer. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does 3884 not need to be explicitly set. 3885 3886 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``alldefconfig`` mode can be 3887 generated using the 3888 :ref:`ref-tasks-savedefconfig` 3889 task and placed into the Linux kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your 3890 meta-layer. Explicitely set :term:`KCONFIG_MODE`:: 3891 3892 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig" 3893 3894 3895 :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` 3896 Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to 3897 the kernel image type specified using the 3898 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable. 3899 3900 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3901 Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the 3902 name of the artifacts by changing the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3903 variable. 3904 3905 The value of :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`, which is set in the 3906 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the 3907 following default value:: 3908 3909 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3910 3911 See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE` 3912 and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information. 3913 3914 :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES` 3915 A list of classes defining kernel image types that the 3916 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You 3917 typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An 3918 example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and 3919 resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register 3920 custom kernel image types with the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class using this 3921 variable. 3922 3923 :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` 3924 Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e. 3925 the ``.dtb``) file. 3926 3927 .. note:: 3928 3929 There is legacy support for specifying the full path to the device 3930 tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred. 3931 3932 In order to use this variable, the 3933 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must 3934 be inherited. 3935 3936 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` 3937 The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable 3938 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3939 follows:: 3940 3941 KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 3942 3943 The 3944 value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in 3945 the same file, has the following value:: 3946 3947 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 3948 3949 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 3950 information. 3951 3952 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` 3953 The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable 3954 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3955 follows:: 3956 3957 KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 3958 3959 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3960 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 3961 3962 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3963 3964 :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS` 3965 Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build 3966 system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment 3967 variable). 3968 3969 In order to use this variable, the 3970 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must 3971 be inherited. 3972 3973 :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS` 3974 Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded 3975 build system passes on when compiling the kernel. 3976 3977 :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` 3978 Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build 3979 system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs) 3980 :term:`Metadata` is provided through the 3981 :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH` 3982 variables. You can use the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` variable from within 3983 the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for 3984 all BSPs or specific BSPs. 3985 3986 The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments 3987 and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as 3988 config fragments. You typically override the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` 3989 variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide 3990 validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features. 3991 3992 For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` 3993 kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs 3994 as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two 3995 statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:: 3996 3997 KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" 3998 KERNEL_FEATURES:append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" 3999 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc" 4000 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" 4001 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc" 4002 4003 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` 4004 The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This 4005 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` 4006 file as follows:: 4007 4008 KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4009 4010 The value of the 4011 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 4012 file, has the following value:: 4013 4014 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4015 4016 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4017 information. 4018 4019 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` 4020 The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This 4021 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` 4022 file as follows:: 4023 4024 KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4025 4026 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 4027 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4028 4029 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4030 4031 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` 4032 The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the 4033 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4034 4035 KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4036 4037 The value of 4038 the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 4039 file, has the following value:: 4040 4041 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4042 4043 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4044 information. 4045 4046 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` 4047 Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If 4048 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is set, the size of the kernel image file is 4049 checked against the set value during the 4050 :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if 4051 the kernel image file is larger than the setting. 4052 4053 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is useful for target devices that have a 4054 limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored. 4055 4056 By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the 4057 kernel image is not checked. 4058 4059 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` 4060 The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the 4061 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4062 4063 KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4064 4065 The value of the 4066 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, 4067 which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4068 4069 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4070 4071 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` 4072 The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine 4073 configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used 4074 when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to 4075 build. 4076 4077 If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that 4078 specified by :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` 4079 variable. 4080 4081 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 4082 Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot. 4083 4084 .. note:: 4085 4086 This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload` 4087 variable. 4088 4089 You can use the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable anywhere that it 4090 can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel 4091 module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution 4092 configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe 4093 itself). 4094 4095 Specify it as follows:: 4096 4097 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" 4098 4099 Including :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` causes the OpenEmbedded build 4100 system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with 4101 the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear 4102 one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use 4103 case:: 4104 4105 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" 4106 4107 For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with 4108 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable. 4109 4110 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` 4111 Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system 4112 expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify 4113 configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to 4114 provide those module configurations, see the 4115 :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable. 4116 4117 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` 4118 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value 4119 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within 4120 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on 4121 how this variable is used, see the 4122 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" 4123 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4124 4125 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build 4126 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the 4127 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to 4128 the :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable. Both variables are common variables 4129 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. 4130 4131 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` 4132 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value 4133 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within 4134 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on 4135 how this variable is used, see the 4136 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" 4137 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4138 4139 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build 4140 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the 4141 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical 4142 to the :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable. Both variables are common variables 4143 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. 4144 4145 :term:`KERNEL_VERSION` 4146 Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h`` 4147 or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting 4148 this variable do not take effect until the kernel has been 4149 configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in 4150 contexts prior to configuration will not work. 4151 4152 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` 4153 Specifies whether the data referenced through 4154 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. 4155 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` does not control whether or not that data 4156 exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to 4157 use the data, set the :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` variable in your 4158 ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not 4159 needed avoids a potential dependency loop. 4160 4161 :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION` 4162 Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use 4163 this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration 4164 fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` 4165 to describe SMP being enabled:: 4166 4167 define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" 4168 4169 :term:`KMACHINE` 4170 The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used 4171 by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the 4172 OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the 4173 OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common`` 4174 goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel 4175 understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these, 4176 the :term:`KMACHINE` variable maps the kernel machine name to the 4177 OpenEmbedded build system machine name. 4178 4179 These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux 4180 Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the 4181 ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:: 4182 4183 LINUX_VERSION:core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" 4184 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" 4185 SRCREV_meta:core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974" 4186 SRCREV_machine:core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711" 4187 KMACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32" 4188 KBRANCH:core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base" 4189 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}" 4190 4191 The :term:`KMACHINE` statement says 4192 that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32". 4193 However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as 4194 "core2-32-intel-common". 4195 4196 :term:`KTYPE` 4197 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. 4198 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" 4199 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" 4200 section in the 4201 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on 4202 kernel types. 4203 4204 You define the :term:`KTYPE` variable in the 4205 :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The 4206 value you use must match the value used for the 4207 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the 4208 kernel recipe. 4209 4210 :term:`LABELS` 4211 Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration. 4212 4213 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more 4214 information on how this variable is used. 4215 4216 :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` 4217 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. 4218 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency 4219 by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:: 4220 4221 LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" 4222 4223 In this previous example, 4224 version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against 4225 :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``. 4226 4227 An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version 4228 numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in 4229 the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of 4230 the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). 4231 4232 :term:`LAYERDIR` 4233 When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable 4234 provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not 4235 available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded 4236 immediately when parsing of the file completes. 4237 4238 :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS` 4239 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this 4240 layer. 4241 4242 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a 4243 recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. 4244 Here is an example:: 4245 4246 LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" 4247 4248 In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared 4249 against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``. 4250 4251 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be 4252 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. 4253 ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``). 4254 4255 :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` 4256 Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which 4257 a layer is compatible. Using the :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` variable 4258 allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the 4259 layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the 4260 system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new 4261 releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained). 4262 4263 To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use 4264 this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file. 4265 For the list, use the Yocto Project 4266 :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g. 4267 &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the 4268 layer, use a space-separated list:: 4269 4270 LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" 4271 4272 .. note:: 4273 4274 Setting :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` is required by the Yocto Project 4275 Compatible version 2 standard. 4276 The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable 4277 is not set for any given layer. 4278 4279 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`" 4280 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4281 4282 :term:`LAYERVERSION` 4283 Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You 4284 can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for 4285 another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer. 4286 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be 4287 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. 4288 ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``). 4289 4290 :term:`LD` 4291 The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker. 4292 4293 :term:`LDFLAGS` 4294 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported 4295 to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software 4296 being built during the compilation step. 4297 4298 Default initialization for :term:`LDFLAGS` varies depending on what is 4299 being built: 4300 4301 - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the 4302 target 4303 4304 - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the 4305 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 4306 4307 - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for 4308 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 4309 4310 :term:`LEAD_SONAME` 4311 Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``) 4312 that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its 4313 naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries. 4314 4315 This variable works in conjunction with the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class. 4316 4317 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` 4318 Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code. 4319 4320 This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code 4321 files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build 4322 failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any 4323 license change. 4324 4325 This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless 4326 :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED"). 4327 4328 For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`" 4329 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4330 4331 :term:`LICENSE` 4332 The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules: 4333 4334 - Do not use spaces within individual license names. 4335 4336 - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice 4337 between licenses. 4338 4339 - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when there are 4340 multiple licenses for different parts of the source. 4341 4342 - You can use spaces between license names. 4343 4344 - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in 4345 ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the 4346 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in 4347 ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. 4348 4349 Here are some examples:: 4350 4351 LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" 4352 LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" 4353 LICENSE = "GPLv2+" 4354 4355 The first example is from the 4356 recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either 4357 the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from 4358 Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code. 4359 The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single 4360 license. 4361 4362 You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle 4363 situations where components of the output have different licenses. 4364 For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 4365 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free 4366 Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:: 4367 4368 LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" 4369 LICENSE:${PN} = "GPLv2" 4370 LICENSE:${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2" 4371 4372 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` 4373 Setting :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded 4374 build system to create an extra package (i.e. 4375 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add 4376 those packages to the 4377 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``:${PN}``. 4378 4379 The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in 4380 ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base 4381 name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and 4382 copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files 4383 from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in 4384 the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata 4385 and copies of files marked in 4386 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing 4387 license text). 4388 4389 For related information on providing license text, see the 4390 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the 4391 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the 4392 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" 4393 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4394 4395 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` 4396 Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must allow through 4397 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in 4398 order for the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags, 4399 separate them with spaces. 4400 4401 This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is 4402 typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses 4403 in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information, 4404 see the 4405 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" 4406 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4407 4408 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` 4409 Lists license flags that when specified in 4410 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not 4411 prevent that recipe from being built. For more information, see the 4412 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" 4413 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4414 4415 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` 4416 Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the 4417 OpenEmbedded build system uses :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` to define the 4418 directory that holds common license text used during the build. The 4419 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` variable allows you to extend that location to other 4420 areas that have additional licenses:: 4421 4422 LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" 4423 4424 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` 4425 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. 4426 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" 4427 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" 4428 section in the 4429 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on 4430 kernel types. 4431 4432 If you do not specify a :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`, it defaults to 4433 "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the 4434 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` variable defines the search arguments used by 4435 the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the 4436 kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources 4437 and configuration. 4438 4439 :term:`LINUX_VERSION` 4440 The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image 4441 being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define 4442 this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the 4443 ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in 4444 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:: 4445 4446 LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" 4447 4448 The :term:`LINUX_VERSION` variable is used to define :term:`PV` 4449 for the recipe:: 4450 4451 PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" 4452 4453 :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION` 4454 A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux 4455 kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this 4456 variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel 4457 recipes all define the variable as follows:: 4458 4459 LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" 4460 4461 Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel 4462 configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through 4463 the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension 4464 assuming it was set as previously shown:: 4465 4466 $ uname -r 4467 3.7.0-rc8-custom 4468 4469 :term:`LOG_DIR` 4470 Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes 4471 overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``. 4472 4473 For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the 4474 :term:`T` variable. 4475 4476 :term:`MACHINE` 4477 Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define 4478 :term:`MACHINE` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the 4479 :term:`Build Directory`. By default, :term:`MACHINE` is set to 4480 "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated 4481 using QEMU:: 4482 4483 MACHINE ?= "qemux86" 4484 4485 The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same 4486 name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus, 4487 when :term:`MACHINE` is set to "qemux86", the corresponding 4488 ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file can be found in 4489 the :term:`Source Directory` in 4490 ``meta/conf/machine``. 4491 4492 The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped 4493 include the following:: 4494 4495 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" 4496 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" 4497 MACHINE ?= "qemumips" 4498 MACHINE ?= "qemumips64" 4499 MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" 4500 MACHINE ?= "qemux86" 4501 MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" 4502 MACHINE ?= "genericx86" 4503 MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" 4504 MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" 4505 MACHINE ?= "edgerouter" 4506 4507 The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware 4508 boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. 4509 4510 .. note:: 4511 4512 Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your 4513 configuration adds new possible settings for :term:`MACHINE`. 4514 4515 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` 4516 Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This 4517 variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or 4518 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit 4519 the :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` variable. 4520 4521 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 4522 A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of 4523 the image being built. The build process depends on these packages 4524 being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential" 4525 variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot. 4526 The impact of this variable affects images based on 4527 ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` 4528 image. 4529 4530 This variable is similar to the 4531 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable with the exception 4532 that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's 4533 list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file 4534 in this list is not found. 4535 4536 As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building 4537 requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the 4538 hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's 4539 ``.conf`` configuration file:: 4540 4541 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" 4542 4543 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 4544 A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of 4545 the image being built. The build process does not depend on these 4546 packages being present. However, because this is a 4547 "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for 4548 the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based 4549 on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` 4550 image. 4551 4552 This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 4553 variable with the exception that the image being built does not have 4554 a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other 4555 words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not 4556 found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel 4557 modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the 4558 kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be 4559 produced. 4560 4561 Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific 4562 touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However, 4563 the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on 4564 the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you 4565 want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the 4566 kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a 4567 "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will 4568 not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the 4569 package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would 4570 use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:: 4571 4572 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" 4573 4574 .. note:: 4575 4576 In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to 4577 explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake 4578 does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to 4579 satisfy the dependency. 4580 4581 Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, 4582 keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine). 4583 4584 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 4585 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image 4586 being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, 4587 the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the 4588 packages being present. 4589 4590 This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``, 4591 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or 4592 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. 4593 4594 The variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable 4595 with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency 4596 on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will 4597 not build if a file in this list is not found. 4598 4599 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential 4600 for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a 4601 more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package 4602 containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to 4603 exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon 4604 finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the 4605 firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the 4606 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: 4607 4608 MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" 4609 4610 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 4611 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image 4612 being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image 4613 being built has no build dependency on this list of packages. 4614 4615 This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``, 4616 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or 4617 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. 4618 4619 This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` variable 4620 with the exception that the image being built does not have a build 4621 dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the 4622 image will build if a file in this list is not found. 4623 4624 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential 4625 For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a 4626 more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the 4627 package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the 4628 WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want 4629 the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package 4630 not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the 4631 module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the 4632 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: 4633 4634 MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" 4635 4636 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` 4637 Specifies the list of hardware features the 4638 :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related 4639 information on enabling features, see the 4640 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, 4641 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and 4642 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables. 4643 4644 For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as 4645 shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section. 4646 4647 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` 4648 Features to be added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` if not also present in 4649 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`. 4650 4651 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 4652 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference 4653 the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for 4654 all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" 4655 section for more information. 4656 4657 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` 4658 Features from :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be 4659 backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`) during the build. See 4660 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. 4661 4662 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` 4663 A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current 4664 machine. By default, this list includes the value of 4665 :term:`MACHINE`. 4666 4667 You can extend :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that 4668 should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU 4669 (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named 4670 ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following 4671 override to :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`:: 4672 4673 MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" 4674 4675 This 4676 override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated 4677 in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` 4678 recipe:: 4679 4680 SRC_URI:append:qemuall = " file://wired.config \ 4681 file://wired-setup \ 4682 " 4683 4684 The underlying mechanism behind 4685 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` is simply that it is included in the default 4686 value of :term:`OVERRIDES`. 4687 4688 :term:`MAINTAINER` 4689 The email address of the distribution maintainer. 4690 4691 :term:`METADATA_BRANCH` 4692 The branch currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path 4693 determined by :term:`COREBASE`). 4694 4695 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` 4696 The revision currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path 4697 determined by :term:`COREBASE`). 4698 4699 :term:`MIRRORS` 4700 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system 4701 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it 4702 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the 4703 build system tries locations defined by 4704 :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then 4705 locations specified by :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. 4706 4707 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", 4708 the default value for :term:`MIRRORS` is defined in the 4709 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. 4710 4711 :term:`MLPREFIX` 4712 Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a 4713 special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The 4714 variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or 4715 removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable). 4716 :term:`MLPREFIX` gets set when a prefix has been added to :term:`PN`. 4717 4718 .. note:: 4719 4720 The "ML" in :term:`MLPREFIX` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is 4721 historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix 4722 rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned 4723 into a prefix, it made sense to set :term:`MLPREFIX` for it as well. 4724 4725 To help understand when :term:`MLPREFIX` might be needed, consider when 4726 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a 4727 ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version. 4728 If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other 4729 recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on 4730 "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on 4731 "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not 4732 get rewritten automatically:: 4733 4734 do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" 4735 4736 If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the 4737 following:: 4738 4739 do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" 4740 4741 :term:`module_autoload` 4742 This variable has been replaced by the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 4743 variable. You should replace all occurrences of :term:`module_autoload` 4744 with additions to :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`, for example:: 4745 4746 module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" 4747 4748 should now be replaced with:: 4749 4750 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" 4751 4752 See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information. 4753 4754 :term:`module_conf` 4755 Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_ 4756 syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` 4757 file. 4758 4759 You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the 4760 kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine 4761 configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file 4762 for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you 4763 must also be sure to list the module name in the 4764 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` 4765 variable. 4766 4767 Here is the general syntax:: 4768 4769 module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" 4770 4771 You must use the kernel module name override. 4772 4773 Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on 4774 the exact syntax you want to provide with :term:`module_conf`. 4775 4776 Including :term:`module_conf` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to 4777 populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with 4778 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options 4779 ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:: 4780 4781 module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" 4782 4783 For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on 4784 boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable. 4785 4786 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY` 4787 Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to 4788 "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the 4789 kernel modules resulting from a kernel build. 4790 4791 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` 4792 The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in 4793 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4794 4795 MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4796 4797 The value 4798 of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the 4799 same file, has the following value:: 4800 4801 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4802 4803 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information. 4804 4805 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` 4806 The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in 4807 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4808 4809 MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4810 4811 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, 4812 which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4813 4814 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4815 4816 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` 4817 Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages 4818 are being built. This variable allows output for different types of 4819 target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same 4820 output directory. 4821 4822 The default value of this variable is:: 4823 4824 ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} 4825 4826 Some classes (e.g. 4827 :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the 4828 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` value. 4829 4830 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the 4831 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information. 4832 4833 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` 4834 A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the 4835 host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the 4836 ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For 4837 example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is 4838 "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the 4839 value resolves to "Unknown". 4840 4841 This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state 4842 packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with 4843 ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is 4844 checked against 4845 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that 4846 variable is set. 4847 4848 :term:`NM` 4849 The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``. 4850 4851 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` 4852 Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a 4853 recipe. There are packages, such as the linux-firmware package, with many 4854 licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added 4855 occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files, 4856 which are only applicable to a specific package. 4857 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` is used to allow copying a license that does 4858 not exist in common licenses. 4859 4860 The following example shows how to add :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` to a 4861 recipe:: 4862 4863 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" 4864 4865 Here is an example that 4866 uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched 4867 source:: 4868 4869 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" 4870 4871 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` 4872 Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages. 4873 Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the 4874 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the 4875 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable to "1" turns this feature on:: 4876 4877 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1" 4878 4879 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 4880 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 4881 override:: 4882 4883 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "1" 4884 4885 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages 4886 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them 4887 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` 4888 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and 4889 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. 4890 4891 .. note:: 4892 4893 Some recommended packages might be required for certain system 4894 functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add 4895 packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable. 4896 4897 This variable is only supported when using the IPK and RPM 4898 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 4899 4900 See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and 4901 the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for 4902 related information. 4903 4904 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` 4905 Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe 4906 requires ``FILES:${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the 4907 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` can be defined allowing you to define the 4908 content of the debug package. For example:: 4909 4910 NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" 4911 FILES:${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" 4912 FILES:${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/" 4913 FILES:${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch" 4914 4915 :term:`NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES` 4916 A list of recipes that should not be built for multilib. OE-Core's 4917 ``multilib.conf`` file defines a reasonable starting point for this 4918 list with:: 4919 4920 NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES = "grub grub-efi make-mod-scripts ovmf u-boot" 4921 4922 :term:`OBJCOPY` 4923 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``. 4924 4925 :term:`OBJDUMP` 4926 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``. 4927 4928 :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE` 4929 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, 4930 this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" 4931 command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts 4932 that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class 4933 results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the 4934 ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will 4935 use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout. 4936 4937 See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the 4938 :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class 4939 applies these additional sed command arguments. 4940 4941 :term:`OE_IMPORTS` 4942 An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what 4943 Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system. 4944 4945 .. note:: 4946 4947 Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only. 4948 4949 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` 4950 The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of 4951 setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default 4952 value is "oe-init-build-env". 4953 4954 If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the 4955 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` variable to its name. 4956 4957 :term:`OE_TERMINAL` 4958 Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive 4959 terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake 4960 command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more 4961 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in 4962 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4963 4964 You can use the following values for the :term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable: 4965 4966 - auto 4967 - gnome 4968 - xfce 4969 - rxvt 4970 - screen 4971 - konsole 4972 - none 4973 4974 :term:`OEROOT` 4975 The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script 4976 is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment 4977 setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this 4978 script, the :term:`OEROOT` variable resolves to the directory that 4979 contains the script. 4980 4981 For additional information on how this variable is used, see the 4982 initialization script. 4983 4984 :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL` 4985 Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced 4986 binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the 4987 Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``). 4988 4989 The default for this variable comes from the 4990 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this 4991 default by setting the variable in a custom distribution 4992 configuration file. 4993 4994 :term:`OVERRIDES` 4995 A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides 4996 are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively 4997 overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in 4998 :term:`OVERRIDES` represents the "state" during building, which includes 4999 the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being 5000 built, and so forth. 5001 5002 As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in 5003 the colon-separated list in :term:`OVERRIDES`, then the following 5004 assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the 5005 end of parsing:: 5006 5007 FOO:an-override = "overridden" 5008 5009 See the 5010 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" 5011 section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the 5012 overrides mechanism. 5013 5014 The default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes the values of the 5015 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`, 5016 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and 5017 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another 5018 important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override 5019 allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration 5020 (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:: 5021 5022 FOO:pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" 5023 5024 .. note:: 5025 5026 An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for :term:`OVERRIDES` 5027 in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the 5028 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto 5029 Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. 5030 5031 :term:`P` 5032 The recipe name and version. :term:`P` is comprised of the following:: 5033 5034 ${PN}-${PV} 5035 5036 :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA` 5037 This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages. 5038 5039 You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages. 5040 This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as 5041 the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with 5042 the literal separator "\n". 5043 5044 The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable 5045 to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package 5046 specific by using the package name as a suffix. 5047 5048 You can find out more about applying this variable in the 5049 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`" 5050 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5051 5052 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` 5053 The architecture of the resulting package or packages. 5054 5055 By default, the value of this variable is set to 5056 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the 5057 target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the 5058 build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the 5059 SDK. 5060 5061 .. note:: 5062 5063 See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information. 5064 5065 However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the 5066 target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the 5067 machine, you should set :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` to the value of 5068 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:: 5069 5070 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" 5071 5072 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` 5073 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine. 5074 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be 5075 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order 5076 of priority. The default value for :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any 5077 noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}". 5078 5079 :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN` 5080 Enables easily adding packages to :term:`PACKAGES` before ``${PN}`` so 5081 that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be 5082 included in the default package. 5083 5084 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` 5085 This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file 5086 found in the ``conf`` folder of the 5087 :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the 5088 OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data. 5089 5090 You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the 5091 variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk 5092 package_tar" 5093 5094 .. note:: 5095 5096 While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar`` 5097 class has limited functionality due to no support for package 5098 dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that 5099 you do not use it. 5100 5101 The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the 5102 package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages 5103 will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. 5104 For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5105 5106 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" 5107 5108 The OpenEmbedded build system uses 5109 the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK. 5110 5111 For information on packaging and build performance effects as a 5112 result of the package manager in use, see the 5113 ":ref:`ref-classes-package`" section. 5114 5115 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` 5116 Determines how to split up and package debug and source information 5117 when creating debugging packages to be used with the GNU Project 5118 Debugger (GDB). In general, based on the value of this variable, 5119 you can combine the source and debug info in a single package, 5120 you can break out the source into a separate package that can be 5121 installed independently, or you can choose to not have the source 5122 packaged at all. 5123 5124 The possible values of :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` variable: 5125 5126 - "``.debug``": All debugging and source info is placed in a single 5127 ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are placed next to the 5128 binary in a ``.debug`` directory so that, if a binary is installed 5129 into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol file is installed 5130 in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are installed in the same ``*-dbg`` 5131 package under ``/usr/src/debug``. 5132 5133 - "``debug-file-directory``": As above, all debugging and source info 5134 is placed in a single ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are 5135 placed entirely under the directory ``/usr/lib/debug`` and separated 5136 by the path from where the binary is installed, so that if a binary 5137 is installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are installed 5138 in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``, and so on. As above, source is installed 5139 in the same package under ``/usr/src/debug``. 5140 5141 - "``debug-with-srcpkg``": Debugging info is placed in the standard 5142 ``*-dbg`` package as with the ``.debug`` value, while source is 5143 placed in a separate ``*-src`` package, which can be installed 5144 independently. This is the default setting for this variable, 5145 as defined in Poky's ``bitbake.conf`` file. 5146 5147 - "``debug-without-src``": The same behavior as with the ``.debug`` 5148 setting, but no source is packaged at all. 5149 5150 .. note:: 5151 5152 Much of the above package splitting can be overridden via 5153 use of the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable. 5154 5155 You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the 5156 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section 5157 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5158 5159 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` 5160 Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are 5161 installing complementary packages. 5162 5163 You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages 5164 when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you 5165 are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install 5166 ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a 5167 particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can 5168 use the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` variable to specify regular 5169 expressions to match the packages you want to exclude. 5170 5171 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` 5172 Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For 5173 example:: 5174 5175 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." 5176 5177 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 5178 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 5179 override:: 5180 5181 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE:pn-target_image = "package_name" 5182 5183 If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some 5184 other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's 5185 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build 5186 system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system 5187 halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with 5188 an iterative development process to remove specific components from a 5189 system. 5190 5191 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM 5192 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 5193 5194 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the 5195 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for 5196 related information. 5197 5198 :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS` 5199 Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. 5200 This variable is useful when you build for several different devices 5201 that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS. 5202 5203 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` 5204 Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the 5205 package feed URIs during the build. When used, the 5206 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variable is appended to the final package feed 5207 URI, which is constructed using the 5208 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and 5209 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` 5210 variables. 5211 5212 .. note:: 5213 5214 You can use the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` 5215 variable to allow specific package architectures. If you do 5216 not need to allow specific architectures, which is a common 5217 case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in 5218 all available architectures for the current machine being included 5219 into remote package feeds. 5220 5221 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5222 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5223 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5224 5225 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5226 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5227 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5228 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5229 5230 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5231 5232 .. code-block:: none 5233 5234 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5235 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5236 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5237 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5238 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5239 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5240 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5241 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5242 5243 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` 5244 Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The 5245 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` variable makes up the middle portion of a 5246 package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path 5247 lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` 5248 and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. 5249 5250 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5251 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5252 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5253 5254 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5255 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5256 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5257 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5258 5259 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5260 5261 .. code-block:: none 5262 5263 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5264 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5265 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5266 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5267 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5268 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5269 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5270 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5271 5272 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` 5273 Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the 5274 OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised 5275 of :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5276 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and 5277 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. 5278 5279 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5280 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5281 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5282 5283 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5284 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5285 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5286 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5287 5288 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5289 5290 .. code-block:: none 5291 5292 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5293 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5294 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5295 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5296 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5297 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5298 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5299 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5300 5301 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` 5302 The final list of packages passed to the package manager for 5303 installation into the image. 5304 5305 Because the package manager controls actual installation of all 5306 packages, the list of packages passed using :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` is 5307 not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This 5308 variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in 5309 general, you should use the 5310 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify 5311 packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with 5312 the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` 5313 image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image, 5314 use the :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable. For information on creating an 5315 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 5316 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5317 5318 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY` 5319 Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts 5320 to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to 5321 install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable 5322 is generally not user-defined. 5323 5324 :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` 5325 Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the 5326 :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out 5327 to individual packages. 5328 5329 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS` 5330 Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and 5331 pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your 5332 post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at root filesystem 5333 creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool 5334 in order to execute, you need to list the tools in 5335 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`. 5336 5337 For information on running post-installation scripts, see the 5338 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`" 5339 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5340 5341 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` 5342 This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a 5343 recipe on a per-recipe basis. :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` blocks are defined in 5344 recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define 5345 feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over 5346 multiple lines for readability):: 5347 5348 PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." 5349 PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ 5350 --with-f1, \ 5351 --without-f1, \ 5352 build-deps-for-f1, \ 5353 runtime-deps-for-f1, \ 5354 runtime-recommends-for-f1, \ 5355 packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1" 5356 PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\ 5357 ... and so on and so on ... 5358 5359 The :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` variable itself specifies a space-separated 5360 list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can 5361 determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six 5362 order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can 5363 omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The 5364 order is important and specifies the following: 5365 5366 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script 5367 argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 5368 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if 5369 the feature is enabled. 5370 5371 2. Extra arguments that should be added to :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 5372 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` if the feature is disabled. 5373 5374 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`) 5375 that should be added if the feature is enabled. 5376 5377 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`) 5378 that should be added if the feature is enabled. 5379 5380 5. Additional runtime recommendations 5381 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if 5382 the feature is enabled. 5383 5384 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` 5385 settings for this feature. 5386 5387 Consider the following :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block taken from the 5388 ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has 5389 three arguments that determine the feature's behavior. 5390 :: 5391 5392 PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3" 5393 5394 The 5395 ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is 5396 enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure 5397 script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to :term:`DEPENDS`. On the 5398 other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend`` 5399 file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is 5400 added to the configure script instead. 5401 5402 The basic :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` structure previously described holds true 5403 regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block. 5404 When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe. 5405 5406 If you want to change an existing :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block, you can do 5407 so one of two ways: 5408 5409 - *Append file:* Create an append file named 5410 ``recipename.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of 5411 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. You can either completely override the 5412 variable:: 5413 5414 PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" 5415 5416 Or, you can just append the variable:: 5417 5418 PACKAGECONFIG:append = " f4" 5419 5420 - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the 5421 block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` 5422 or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously 5423 described, you can either completely override the variable:: 5424 5425 PACKAGECONFIG:pn-recipename = "f4 f5" 5426 5427 Or, you can just amend the variable:: 5428 5429 PACKAGECONFIG:append:pn-recipename = " f4" 5430 5431 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` 5432 A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the 5433 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting. 5434 5435 Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and 5436 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` to 5437 pass :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``, 5438 respectively. If you are using :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` but not a class that 5439 handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use 5440 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` appropriately. 5441 5442 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` 5443 For recipes inheriting the 5444 :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting 5445 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` to "1" specifies that the 5446 normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth) 5447 should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe, 5448 which is the default behavior. 5449 5450 :term:`PACKAGES` 5451 The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the 5452 following:: 5453 5454 ${PN}-src ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} 5455 5456 During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task 5457 goes through :term:`PACKAGES` and uses the :term:`FILES` 5458 variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the 5459 package. If a file matches the :term:`FILES` variable for more than one 5460 package in :term:`PACKAGES`, it will be assigned to the earliest 5461 (leftmost) package. 5462 5463 Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of 5464 the patterns in ``FILES:``\ pkg match any files installed by the 5465 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated, 5466 unless generation is forced through the 5467 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable. 5468 5469 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` 5470 A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for 5471 optional modules that are found in other recipes. 5472 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it 5473 only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard, 5474 runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another 5475 package is satisfied at build time through the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` 5476 variable, but a package with the module name is never actually 5477 produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt 5478 to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency 5479 failure from the packaging system during the 5480 :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task. 5481 5482 Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and 5483 the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being 5484 satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 5485 (a soft runtime dependency) instead of :term:`RDEPENDS`. 5486 5487 For an example of how to use the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable when 5488 you are splitting packages, see the 5489 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`" 5490 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5491 5492 :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS` 5493 Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of 5494 files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this 5495 variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to 5496 perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function 5497 should set :term:`PACKAGES`, 5498 :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and 5499 other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the 5500 desired splitting. 5501 5502 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 5503 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the 5504 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify 5505 parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is 5506 usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of 5507 parallel threads ``make`` can run. 5508 5509 .. note:: 5510 5511 In order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` to be effective, ``make`` must be 5512 called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure 5513 this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. 5514 5515 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this 5516 variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses. 5517 5518 .. note:: 5519 5520 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during 5521 the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear 5522 the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For 5523 information on addressing race conditions, see the 5524 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" 5525 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5526 5527 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to 5528 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. 5529 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical 5530 CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable is 5531 not set higher than "-j 20". 5532 5533 For more information on speeding up builds, see the 5534 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`" 5535 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5536 5537 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` 5538 Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the 5539 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify 5540 parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of 5541 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`. 5542 5543 .. note:: 5544 5545 In order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` to be effective, ``make`` must 5546 be called with 5547 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy 5548 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. 5549 5550 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during 5551 the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can 5552 clear the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` variable within the recipe as a 5553 workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the 5554 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" 5555 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5556 5557 :term:`PATCHRESOLVE` 5558 Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this 5559 variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user". 5560 5561 The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the 5562 OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting 5563 the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and 5564 places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the 5565 conflicts. 5566 5567 Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 5568 5569 :term:`PATCHTOOL` 5570 Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the 5571 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of 5572 three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used 5573 is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the 5574 quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being 5575 patched, it uses "patch". 5576 5577 If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in 5578 the recipe using one of the following:: 5579 5580 PATCHTOOL = "patch" 5581 PATCHTOOL = "quilt" 5582 PATCHTOOL = "git" 5583 5584 :term:`PE` 5585 The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The 5586 variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme 5587 changes in some backwards incompatible way. 5588 5589 :term:`PE` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable. 5590 5591 :term:`PF` 5592 Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and 5593 revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and 5594 ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following: 5595 ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`} 5596 5597 :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES` 5598 When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>` 5599 class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf 5600 loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache`` 5601 class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e. 5602 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the 5603 loaders you need are in a package other than that main package. 5604 5605 :term:`PKG` 5606 The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build 5607 system. 5608 5609 .. note:: 5610 5611 When using the :term:`PKG` variable, you must use a package name override. 5612 5613 For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class 5614 renames the output package, it does so by setting 5615 ``PKG:packagename``. 5616 5617 :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH` 5618 The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context. 5619 ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment. 5620 5621 :term:`PKGD` 5622 Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before 5623 they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to 5624 the following:: 5625 5626 ${WORKDIR}/package 5627 5628 Do not change this default. 5629 5630 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` 5631 Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated 5632 during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the 5633 :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data 5634 for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. 5635 This directory defaults to the following, which you should not 5636 change:: 5637 5638 ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata 5639 5640 For examples of how this data is used, see the 5641 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 5642 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the 5643 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``" 5644 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more 5645 information on the shared, global-state directory, see 5646 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. 5647 5648 :term:`PKGDEST` 5649 Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they 5650 have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to 5651 the following:: 5652 5653 ${WORKDIR}/packages-split 5654 5655 Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each 5656 package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change 5657 this default. 5658 5659 :term:`PKGDESTWORK` 5660 Points to a temporary work area where the 5661 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. 5662 The :term:`PKGDESTWORK` location defaults to the following:: 5663 5664 ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata 5665 5666 Do not change this default. 5667 5668 The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the 5669 package metadata from :term:`PKGDESTWORK` to 5670 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally. 5671 5672 :term:`PKGE` 5673 The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, :term:`PKGE` 5674 is set to :term:`PE`. 5675 5676 :term:`PKGR` 5677 The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, 5678 :term:`PKGR` is set to :term:`PR`. 5679 5680 :term:`PKGV` 5681 The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, 5682 :term:`PKGV` is set to :term:`PV`. 5683 5684 :term:`PN` 5685 This variable can have two separate functions depending on the 5686 context: a recipe name or a resulting package name. 5687 5688 :term:`PN` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the 5689 OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is 5690 normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the 5691 recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PN` 5692 will be "expat". 5693 5694 The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file 5695 created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system. 5696 5697 If applicable, the :term:`PN` variable also contains any special suffix 5698 or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the 5699 native machine, :term:`PN` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build 5700 packages for the target and for Multilib, :term:`PN` would be ``bash`` 5701 and ``lib64-bash``, respectively. 5702 5703 :term:`PNBLACKLIST` 5704 Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build. 5705 This variable works in conjunction with the 5706 :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited 5707 globally. 5708 5709 To prevent a recipe from being built, use the :term:`PNBLACKLIST` 5710 variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that 5711 prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:: 5712 5713 PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." 5714 5715 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` 5716 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 5717 system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify 5718 functions separated by semicolons:: 5719 5720 POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " 5721 5722 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you 5723 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 5724 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 5725 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 5726 5727 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` 5728 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 5729 system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify 5730 functions separated by semicolons:: 5731 5732 POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " 5733 5734 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you 5735 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 5736 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 5737 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 5738 5739 :term:`PR` 5740 The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is 5741 "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the 5742 values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases, 5743 :term:`PR` is conventionally reset to "r0". 5744 5745 .. note:: 5746 5747 The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of :term:`PR` 5748 to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task 5749 :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the 5750 :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and 5751 :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache` 5752 mechanisms. 5753 5754 The :term:`PR` variable primarily becomes significant when a package 5755 manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In 5756 this case, :term:`PR`, which is the default value of 5757 :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which 5758 package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the 5759 same :term:`PV` (i.e. :term:`PKGV`). A component having many packages with 5760 the same :term:`PV` usually means that the packages all install the same 5761 upstream version, but with later (:term:`PR`) version packages including 5762 packaging fixes. 5763 5764 .. note:: 5765 5766 :term:`PR` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the 5767 package contents or metadata. 5768 5769 Because manually managing :term:`PR` can be cumbersome and error-prone, 5770 an automated solution exists. See the 5771 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section 5772 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. 5773 5774 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` 5775 If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines 5776 which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the 5777 preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the 5778 name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using 5779 the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common 5780 example:: 5781 5782 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" 5783 5784 In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel". 5785 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is set with the name (:term:`PN`) of 5786 the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". 5787 5788 Following are more examples:: 5789 5790 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" 5791 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" 5792 5793 For more 5794 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`" 5795 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5796 5797 .. note:: 5798 5799 If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`, then any 5800 recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined) 5801 by :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` is prevented from building, which is usually 5802 desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually 5803 exclusive alternative providers. 5804 5805 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` 5806 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable 5807 determines which version should be given preference. You must always 5808 suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to select (`python` in 5809 the first example below), and you should specify the :term:`PV` 5810 accordingly (`3.4.0` in the example). 5811 5812 The :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable supports limited wildcard use 5813 through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any 5814 number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions 5815 that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are 5816 two examples:: 5817 5818 PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" 5819 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" 5820 5821 .. note:: 5822 5823 The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the 5824 string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other 5825 location of the string. 5826 5827 The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which 5828 does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. 5829 For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` 5830 where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:: 5831 5832 PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" 5833 5834 In this case, the correct way to select 5835 ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:: 5836 5837 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" 5838 5839 Compare that previous example 5840 against the following incorrect example, which does not work:: 5841 5842 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" 5843 5844 Sometimes the :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable can be set by 5845 configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use 5846 :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific 5847 override. Here is an example:: 5848 5849 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:qemux86 = "5.0%" 5850 5851 Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the 5852 "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. 5853 Here is an example:: 5854 5855 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:forcevariable = "5.0%" 5856 5857 .. note:: 5858 5859 The ``:forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override 5860 only works because the default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes "forcevariable". 5861 5862 If a recipe with the specified version is not available, a warning 5863 message will be shown. See :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` if you want this 5864 to be an error instead. 5865 5866 :term:`PREMIRRORS` 5867 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system 5868 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it 5869 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the 5870 build system tries locations defined by :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream 5871 source, and then locations specified by 5872 :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. 5873 5874 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", 5875 the default value for :term:`PREMIRRORS` is defined in the 5876 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. 5877 5878 Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to 5879 attempt before any others by adding something like the following to 5880 the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the 5881 :term:`Build Directory`:: 5882 5883 PREMIRRORS:prepend = "\ 5884 git://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \ 5885 ftp://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \ 5886 http://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \ 5887 https://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/" 5888 5889 These changes cause the 5890 build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and 5891 direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use 5892 ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as 5893 well. 5894 5895 :term:`PRIORITY` 5896 Indicates the importance of a package. 5897 5898 :term:`PRIORITY` is considered to be part of the distribution policy 5899 because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for 5900 which the distribution is being produced. Thus, :term:`PRIORITY` is not 5901 normally set within recipes. 5902 5903 You can set :term:`PRIORITY` to "required", "standard", "extra", and 5904 "optional", which is the default. 5905 5906 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` 5907 Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored 5908 by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This 5909 variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has 5910 its own private versions of a library normally provided by another 5911 recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the 5912 private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated 5913 packages that should instead depend on the package providing the 5914 standard version of the library. 5915 5916 Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their 5917 file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:: 5918 5919 PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ 5920 libxpcom.so \ 5921 libnspr4.so \ 5922 libxul.so \ 5923 libmozalloc.so \ 5924 libplc4.so \ 5925 libplds4.so" 5926 5927 For more information, see the 5928 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 5929 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 5930 5931 :term:`PROVIDES` 5932 A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By 5933 default, a recipe's own :term:`PN` is implicitly already in its 5934 :term:`PROVIDES` list and therefore does not need to mention that it 5935 provides itself. If a recipe uses :term:`PROVIDES`, the additional 5936 aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying 5937 dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by 5938 :term:`DEPENDS`. 5939 5940 Consider the following example :term:`PROVIDES` statement from the recipe 5941 file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:: 5942 5943 PROVIDES += "udev" 5944 5945 The :term:`PROVIDES` statement 5946 results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev". 5947 5948 .. note:: 5949 5950 A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended 5951 to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be 5952 strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion. 5953 5954 In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the 5955 :term:`PROVIDES` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A 5956 virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular 5957 functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the 5958 functionality in question list the virtual target in :term:`PROVIDES`. 5959 Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the 5960 virtual target in :term:`DEPENDS` to leave the choice of provider open. 5961 5962 Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form 5963 "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part 5964 of the name and has no syntactical significance. 5965 5966 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is 5967 used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target. 5968 5969 .. note:: 5970 5971 A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies 5972 (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any 5973 special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For 5974 example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of 5975 the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. 5976 5977 Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as 5978 simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:: 5979 5980 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" 5981 5982 5983 :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 5984 The network based :term:`PR` service host and port. 5985 5986 The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the 5987 :term:`Source Directory` shows how the 5988 :term:`PRSERV_HOST` variable is set:: 5989 5990 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" 5991 5992 You must 5993 set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR 5994 service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can 5995 set :term:`PRSERV_HOST` to other values to use a remote PR service. 5996 5997 5998 :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS` 5999 A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored 6000 by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid 6001 problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and 6002 reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list 6003 and can include partial directory (or file) names. 6004 6005 6006 :term:`PTEST_ENABLED` 6007 Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package 6008 Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest) 6009 functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set 6010 this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests 6011 at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it 6012 from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. 6013 6014 :term:`PV` 6015 The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the 6016 recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named 6017 ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PV` will be "2.0.1". 6018 :term:`PV` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is 6019 building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code 6020 repository (e.g. Git or Subversion). 6021 6022 :term:`PV` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable. 6023 6024 :term:`PYTHON_ABI` 6025 When used by recipes that inherit the 6026 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, 6027 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, denotes the 6028 Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By 6029 default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the 6030 OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you. 6031 6032 The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory 6033 names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in 6034 sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``). 6035 6036 Recipes that inherit the :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` class during cross-builds also 6037 use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the 6038 appropriate Python that the extension is targeting. 6039 6040 :term:`PYTHON_PN` 6041 When used by recipes that inherit the 6042 `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, 6043 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, specifies the 6044 major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, :term:`PYTHON_PN` would 6045 be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the 6046 OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. 6047 6048 The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the 6049 following:: 6050 6051 DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" 6052 6053 In the previous example, 6054 the version of the dependency is :term:`PYTHON_PN`. 6055 6056 :term:`RANLIB` 6057 The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``. 6058 6059 :term:`RCONFLICTS` 6060 The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages 6061 will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. 6062 6063 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in 6064 conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: 6065 6066 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" 6067 6068 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6069 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies 6070 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6071 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6072 :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable:: 6073 6074 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6075 6076 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6077 6078 - = 6079 - < 6080 - > 6081 - <= 6082 - >= 6083 6084 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or 6085 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6086 6087 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6088 6089 :term:`RDEPENDS` 6090 Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other 6091 packages that must be installed in order for the package to function 6092 correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the 6093 package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be 6094 installed:: 6095 6096 RDEPENDS:foo = "bar baz" 6097 6098 The most common types of package 6099 runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore, 6100 most recipes do not need to set :term:`RDEPENDS`. For more information, 6101 see the 6102 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 6103 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 6104 6105 The practical effect of the above :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment is that 6106 ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the 6107 package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the 6108 :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks. 6109 Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used, 6110 which is determined by 6111 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the 6112 corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to 6113 also install the packages on which it depends. 6114 6115 To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the 6116 previous :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment also causes a task dependency to be 6117 added. This dependency is from the recipe's 6118 :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with 6119 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the 6120 ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and 6121 ``baz``. 6122 6123 The names of the packages you list within :term:`RDEPENDS` must be the 6124 names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although 6125 package names and recipe names usually match, the important point 6126 here is that you are providing package names within the :term:`RDEPENDS` 6127 variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from 6128 a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. 6129 6130 Because the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable applies to packages being built, 6131 you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package 6132 name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For 6133 example, suppose you are building a development package that depends 6134 on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following 6135 :term:`RDEPENDS` statement:: 6136 6137 RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev += "perl" 6138 6139 In the example, 6140 the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the 6141 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of 6142 the variable. 6143 6144 .. note:: 6145 6146 ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` 6147 by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file 6148 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove 6149 ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator 6150 rather than the "=" operator. 6151 6152 The package names you use with :term:`RDEPENDS` must appear as they would 6153 in the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable 6154 allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the 6155 :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename 6156 packages), but this final package name cannot be used with 6157 :term:`RDEPENDS`, which makes sense as :term:`RDEPENDS` is meant to be 6158 independent of the package format used. 6159 6160 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6161 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies 6162 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6163 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6164 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable:: 6165 6166 RDEPENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6167 6168 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6169 6170 - = 6171 - < 6172 - > 6173 - <= 6174 - >= 6175 6176 For version, provide the version number. 6177 6178 .. note:: 6179 6180 You can use :term:`EXTENDPKGV` to provide a full package version 6181 specification. 6182 6183 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or 6184 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6185 6186 RDEPENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6187 6188 For information on build-time dependencies, see the 6189 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the 6190 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and 6191 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the 6192 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and 6193 dependencies. 6194 6195 :term:`RECIPE_NO_UPDATE_REASON` 6196 If a recipe should not be replaced by a more recent upstream version, 6197 putting the reason why in this variable in a recipe allows 6198 ``devtool check-upgrade-status`` command to display it, as explained 6199 in the ":ref:`ref-manual/devtool-reference:checking on the upgrade status of a recipe`" 6200 section. 6201 6202 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` 6203 When inheriting the 6204 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` 6205 class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist 6206 in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build 6207 system to build the recipe. In other words, if the 6208 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that does not 6209 appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 6210 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 6211 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 6212 6213 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` 6214 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable 6215 determines which version should be given preference. 6216 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` works in exactly the same manner as 6217 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`, except that if the specified version is not 6218 available then an error message is shown and the build fails 6219 immediately. 6220 6221 If both :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` are set 6222 for the same recipe, the :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` value applies. 6223 6224 :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE` 6225 With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes 6226 whose work directories should not be removed. See the 6227 ":ref:`ref-classes-rm-work`" section for more 6228 details. 6229 6230 :term:`ROOT_HOME` 6231 Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as 6232 follows in the BitBake configuration file:: 6233 6234 ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" 6235 6236 .. note:: 6237 6238 This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions 6239 prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep 6240 writeable data in one place. 6241 6242 You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or 6243 in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" 6244 assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to 6245 define your override:: 6246 6247 ROOT_HOME = "/root" 6248 ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" 6249 6250 These 6251 override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly 6252 used override. 6253 6254 :term:`ROOTFS` 6255 Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem. 6256 6257 The :term:`ROOTFS` variable is an optional variable used with the 6258 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. 6259 6260 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` 6261 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build 6262 system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by 6263 semicolons:: 6264 6265 ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6266 6267 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6268 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6269 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6270 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6271 information. 6272 6273 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 6274 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6275 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions 6276 separated by semicolons:: 6277 6278 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6279 6280 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6281 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6282 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6283 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6284 information. 6285 6286 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND` 6287 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build 6288 system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package 6289 management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed 6290 including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. 6291 You can specify functions separated by semicolons:: 6292 6293 ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6294 6295 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6296 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6297 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6298 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6299 information. 6300 6301 :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` 6302 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build 6303 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions 6304 separated by semicolons:: 6305 6306 ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6307 6308 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6309 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6310 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6311 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6312 information. 6313 6314 :term:`RPROVIDES` 6315 A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These 6316 aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other 6317 packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by 6318 :term:`RDEPENDS`). 6319 6320 .. note:: 6321 6322 A package's own name is implicitly already in its :term:`RPROVIDES` list. 6323 6324 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the 6325 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an 6326 example:: 6327 6328 RPROVIDES:${PN} = "widget-abi-2" 6329 6330 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6331 A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being 6332 built. The package being built does not depend on this list of 6333 packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for 6334 extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see 6335 the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. 6336 6337 The package manager will automatically install the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6338 list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can 6339 prevent listed packages from being installed by using the 6340 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`, 6341 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and 6342 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables. 6343 6344 Packages specified in :term:`RRECOMMENDS` need not actually be produced. 6345 However, there must be a recipe providing each package, either 6346 through the :term:`PACKAGES` or 6347 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the 6348 :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur 6349 during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not 6350 produced, the build continues without error. 6351 6352 Because the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable applies to packages being built, 6353 you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the 6354 particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, 6355 suppose you are building a development package that is extended to 6356 support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the 6357 following:: 6358 6359 RRECOMMENDS:${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" 6360 6361 In the 6362 example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in 6363 the :term:`PACKAGES` namespace before any renaming of the output package 6364 by classes such as :ref:`ref-classes-debian`. 6365 6366 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6367 specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending 6368 on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. 6369 Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6370 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable:: 6371 6372 RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6373 6374 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6375 6376 - = 6377 - < 6378 - > 6379 - <= 6380 - >= 6381 6382 For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or 6383 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6384 6385 RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6386 6387 :term:`RREPLACES` 6388 A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses 6389 this variable to determine which package should be installed to 6390 replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the 6391 other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of 6392 the other package to the :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable. 6393 6394 As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable 6395 in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: 6396 6397 RREPLACES:${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" 6398 6399 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6400 specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies 6401 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6402 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6403 :term:`RREPLACES` variable:: 6404 6405 RREPLACES:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6406 6407 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6408 6409 - = 6410 - < 6411 - > 6412 - <= 6413 - >= 6414 6415 For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 6416 or greater of the package ``foo``:: 6417 6418 RREPLACES:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6419 6420 :term:`RSUGGESTS` 6421 A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation 6422 by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all 6423 package managers support this functionality. 6424 6425 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this 6426 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an 6427 example:: 6428 6429 RSUGGESTS:${PN} = "useful_package another_package" 6430 6431 :term:`S` 6432 The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where 6433 unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is 6434 ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``, 6435 where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe 6436 version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named 6437 anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is 6438 fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set 6439 :term:`S` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where 6440 to find the unpacked source. 6441 6442 As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` 6443 top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at 6444 ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system 6445 uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:: 6446 6447 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 6448 6449 The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder. 6450 6451 This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git 6452 repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during 6453 :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different 6454 from the default value of :term:`S`, you must set it specifically so the 6455 source can be located:: 6456 6457 SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" 6458 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 6459 6460 :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES` 6461 Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for 6462 during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If 6463 any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then 6464 BitBake immediately exits with an error. 6465 6466 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` 6467 A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has 6468 been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID 6469 followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or 6470 as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with 6471 explicit newline characters (``\n``). If :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` is 6472 not empty and the current value of 6473 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the 6474 list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the 6475 current host distribution has not been tested as a build host. 6476 6477 :term:`SDK_ARCH` 6478 The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly 6479 set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`. 6480 6481 :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` 6482 When building the extensible SDK, if :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` is set to 6483 "1" and a ``conf/templateconf.conf`` file exists in the build directory 6484 (:term:`TOPDIR`) then this will be copied into the SDK. 6485 6486 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` 6487 The directory set up and used by the 6488 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which 6489 the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines 6490 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` as follows:: 6491 6492 SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" 6493 6494 :term:`SDK_DIR` 6495 The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when 6496 creating SDK output. The 6497 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines 6498 the variable as follows:: 6499 6500 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" 6501 6502 .. note:: 6503 6504 The :term:`SDK_DIR` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of 6505 :term:`WORKDIR`. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. 6506 6507 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` 6508 Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the 6509 extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the 6510 required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value 6511 "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK. 6512 6513 .. note:: 6514 6515 If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure 6516 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the 6517 artifacts to be fetched as needed. 6518 6519 :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST` 6520 The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all 6521 the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The 6522 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as 6523 follows:: 6524 6525 packagename packagearch version 6526 6527 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class 6528 defines the manifest file as follows:: 6529 6530 SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" 6531 6532 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and 6533 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. 6534 6535 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` 6536 When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes 6537 in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data 6538 allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search 6539 results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map 6540 dependencies more effectively. 6541 6542 .. note:: 6543 6544 Enabling the :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` 6545 variable significantly increases build time because all of world 6546 needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases 6547 the size of the extensible SDK. 6548 6549 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` 6550 When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible 6551 SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when 6552 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep 6553 the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable 6554 toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an 6555 IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional 6556 steps to install the toolchain. 6557 6558 The :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` variable defaults to "0" if 6559 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if 6560 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "full". 6561 6562 :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST` 6563 A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` 6564 value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The 6565 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the 6566 default value:: 6567 6568 SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" 6569 6570 Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK 6571 context. You can use this variable to disable those classes. 6572 6573 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 6574 configuration, see the 6575 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 6576 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6577 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6578 6579 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` 6580 A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build 6581 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually, 6582 these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the 6583 build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic 6584 within the extensible SDK. 6585 6586 By default, :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` is set in the 6587 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and 6588 excludes the following variables: 6589 6590 - :term:`CONF_VERSION` 6591 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 6592 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` 6593 - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 6594 - :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 6595 - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR` 6596 - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR` 6597 - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` 6598 6599 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 6600 configuration, see the 6601 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 6602 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6603 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6604 6605 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST` 6606 A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build 6607 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By 6608 default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the 6609 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class. 6610 6611 This list overrides the variables specified using the 6612 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` variable as well as 6613 other variables automatically added due to the "/" character 6614 being found at the start of the 6615 value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not 6616 be valid on the system where the SDK is installed. 6617 6618 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 6619 configuration, see the 6620 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 6621 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6622 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6623 6624 :term:`SDK_NAME` 6625 The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the 6626 :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, 6627 :term:`SDK_ARCH`, 6628 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and 6629 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:: 6630 6631 SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" 6632 6633 :term:`SDK_OS` 6634 Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The 6635 default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`. 6636 6637 :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` 6638 The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK 6639 output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` 6640 class defines the variable as follows:: 6641 6642 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" 6643 SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" 6644 SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk" 6645 6646 .. note:: 6647 6648 The :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of 6649 :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is 6650 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. 6651 6652 :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` 6653 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine. 6654 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be 6655 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order 6656 of priority. The default value for :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any 6657 noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}". 6658 6659 :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 6660 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6661 system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by 6662 semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6663 6664 If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you 6665 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 6666 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 6667 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 6668 6669 :term:`SDK_PREFIX` 6670 The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The 6671 OpenEmbedded build system uses the :term:`SDK_PREFIX` value to set the 6672 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building 6673 ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-". 6674 6675 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` 6676 A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default, 6677 the following tasks are added: 6678 6679 - do_populate_lic 6680 - do_package_qa 6681 - do_populate_sysroot 6682 - do_deploy 6683 6684 Despite the default value of "" for the 6685 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable, the above four tasks are always added 6686 to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the 6687 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable (e.g. you are defining additional 6688 tasks that are needed in order to build 6689 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`). 6690 6691 :term:`SDK_SYS` 6692 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 6693 system, for which the SDK will be built. 6694 6695 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 6696 on :term:`SDK_ARCH`, 6697 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and 6698 :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the :term:`SDK_SYS` 6699 variable yourself. 6700 6701 :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST` 6702 The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all 6703 the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The 6704 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as 6705 follows:: 6706 6707 packagename packagearch version 6708 6709 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class 6710 defines the manifest file as follows:: 6711 6712 SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" 6713 6714 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and 6715 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. 6716 6717 :term:`SDK_TARGETS` 6718 A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the 6719 standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}" 6720 (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built). 6721 6722 The :term:`SDK_TARGETS` variable is an internal variable and typically 6723 would not be changed. 6724 6725 :term:`SDK_TITLE` 6726 The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default, 6727 this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or 6728 :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the 6729 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as 6730 follows:: 6731 6732 SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" 6733 6734 For the default distribution "poky", 6735 :term:`SDK_TITLE` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)". 6736 6737 For information on how to change this default title, see the 6738 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`" 6739 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6740 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6741 6742 :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL` 6743 An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set, 6744 the value is used as the default update server when running 6745 ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK. 6746 6747 :term:`SDK_VENDOR` 6748 Specifies the name of the SDK vendor. 6749 6750 :term:`SDK_VERSION` 6751 Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file 6752 (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default 6753 :term:`SDK_VERSION` as follows:: 6754 6755 SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}" 6756 6757 For additional information, see the 6758 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and 6759 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` variables. 6760 6761 :term:`SDKEXTPATH` 6762 The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By 6763 default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` 6764 variable and is set in the 6765 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as 6766 follows:: 6767 6768 SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" 6769 6770 For the 6771 default distribution "poky", the :term:`SDKEXTPATH` is set to "poky_sdk". 6772 6773 For information on how to change this default directory, see the 6774 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`" 6775 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6776 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6777 6778 :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` 6779 Equivalent to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. However, this variable applies to 6780 the SDK generated from an image using the following command:: 6781 6782 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename 6783 6784 :term:`SDKMACHINE` 6785 The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is built 6786 such that it runs on the target you specify with the :term:`SDKMACHINE` 6787 value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf`` file under 6788 ``conf/machine-sdk/`` in the enabled layers, for example ``aarch64``, 6789 ``i586``, ``i686``, ``ppc64``, ``ppc64le``, and ``x86_64`` are 6790 :oe_git:`available in OpenEmbedded-Core </openembedded-core/tree/meta/conf/machine-sdk>`. 6791 6792 The variable defaults to :term:`BUILD_ARCH` so that SDKs are built for the 6793 architecture of the build machine. 6794 6795 .. note:: 6796 6797 You cannot set the :term:`SDKMACHINE` 6798 variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the 6799 configuration will not take effect. 6800 6801 :term:`SDKPATH` 6802 Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that 6803 is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as 6804 the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's 6805 installation script. You can override the offered path when you run 6806 the script. 6807 6808 :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT` 6809 The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK 6810 as it will be when installed into the default 6811 :term:`SDKPATH`. 6812 6813 :term:`SECTION` 6814 The section in which packages should be categorized. Package 6815 management utilities can make use of this variable. 6816 6817 :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` 6818 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when 6819 building for the target. The flags are passed through the default 6820 value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable. 6821 6822 The :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable takes the value of 6823 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` unless :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` = "1", in which 6824 case the value of :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` is used. 6825 6826 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` 6827 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using 6828 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a 6829 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name 6830 separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:: 6831 6832 SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" 6833 6834 .. note:: 6835 6836 The :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` variable is deprecated. Please use the 6837 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable. 6838 6839 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` 6840 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using 6841 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a 6842 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name 6843 separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:: 6844 6845 SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" 6846 6847 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` 6848 Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in 6849 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against 6850 ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable 6851 allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was 6852 listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in 6853 ``/proc/console``, you would do the following:: 6854 6855 SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0" 6856 6857 This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not 6858 with systemd). Note that :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` also requires 6859 ``/etc/inittab`` to be writable when used with SysVinit. This makes it 6860 incompatible with customizations such as the following:: 6861 6862 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs" 6863 6864 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_BUILD_ARGS` 6865 When used by recipes that inherit the 6866 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable can 6867 be used to specify additional arguments to be passed to ``setup.py build`` 6868 in the ``setuptools3_do_compile()`` task. 6869 6870 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_INSTALL_ARGS` 6871 When used by recipes that inherit the 6872 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable can 6873 be used to specify additional arguments to be passed to ``setup.py install`` 6874 in the ``setuptools3_do_install()`` task. 6875 6876 :term:`SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH` 6877 When used by recipes that inherit the 6878 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable should 6879 be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is 6880 located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by 6881 :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from 6882 a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule`` 6883 subdirectory, you would have this:: 6884 6885 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 6886 SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule" 6887 6888 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS` 6889 A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine 6890 signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from 6891 another recipe. For example:: 6892 6893 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2" 6894 6895 In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``. 6896 6897 You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the 6898 dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand 6899 side. Here is an example:: 6900 6901 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native" 6902 6903 In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore 6904 task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining 6905 their task signatures. 6906 6907 Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that 6908 affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes. 6909 6910 .. note:: 6911 6912 If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship, 6913 the software might break during runtime if the interface of the 6914 second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built. 6915 6916 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE` 6917 A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change. 6918 The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the 6919 tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to 6920 remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task 6921 signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes. 6922 6923 .. note:: 6924 6925 If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software 6926 might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed 6927 after the other had been built. 6928 6929 :term:`SITEINFO_BITS` 6930 Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value 6931 should be either "32" or "64". 6932 6933 :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS` 6934 Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value 6935 should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian. 6936 6937 :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS` 6938 Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM 6939 package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing 6940 prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``. 6941 6942 To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your 6943 ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your: 6944 :term:`Build Directory`. 6945 :: 6946 6947 SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1" 6948 6949 :term:`SOC_FAMILY` 6950 Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On 6951 Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that 6952 you include in the configuration files of all the machines. 6953 6954 .. note:: 6955 6956 You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this 6957 variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. 6958 6959 :term:`SOLIBS` 6960 Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform. 6961 By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is 6962 defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. 6963 6964 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of 6965 ``FILES:${PN}``. 6966 6967 :term:`SOLIBSDEV` 6968 Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for 6969 shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is 6970 ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the 6971 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. 6972 6973 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of 6974 ``FILES:${PN}-dev``. 6975 6976 :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` 6977 This defines a date expressed in number of seconds since 6978 the UNIX EPOCH (01 Jan 1970 00:00:00 UTC), which is used by 6979 multiple build systems to force a timestamp in built binaries. 6980 Many upstream projects already support this variable. 6981 6982 You will find more details in the `official specifications 6983 <https://reproducible-builds.org/specs/source-date-epoch/>`__. 6984 6985 A value for each recipe is computed from the sources by 6986 :oe_git:`meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py </openembedded-core/tree/meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py>`. 6987 6988 If a recipe wishes to override the default behavior, it should set its 6989 own :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` value:: 6990 6991 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH = "1613559011" 6992 6993 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` 6994 When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e. 6995 creating a source mirror), setting :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` to "1" in 6996 your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all 6997 recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is 6998 compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered 6999 incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or 7000 both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` 7001 variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables 7002 specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current 7003 machine or host. 7004 7005 .. note:: 7006 7007 Do not set the :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` 7008 variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words, 7009 do not set the variable during a normal build. 7010 7011 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL` 7012 Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to 7013 first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream 7014 specified in :term:`SRC_URI`. 7015 7016 To use this variable, you must globally inherit the 7017 :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide 7018 the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:: 7019 7020 INHERIT += "own-mirrors" 7021 SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" 7022 7023 .. note:: 7024 7025 You can specify only a single URL in :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`. 7026 7027 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` 7028 Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in 7029 ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` 7030 mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file. 7031 7032 For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE` 7033 variable. 7034 7035 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` 7036 A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded 7037 build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list 7038 specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such 7039 as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable. 7040 7041 :term:`SPL_BINARY` 7042 The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices 7043 use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development 7044 board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL 7045 binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the 7046 U-Boot recipe. 7047 7048 The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` 7049 file as follows:: 7050 7051 # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that 7052 # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the 7053 # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables 7054 # to allow packaging the SPL. 7055 SPL_BINARY ?= "" 7056 SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}" 7057 SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}" 7058 SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}" 7059 7060 The :term:`SPL_BINARY` variable helps form 7061 various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system. 7062 7063 See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the 7064 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`" 7065 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide 7066 for additional information. 7067 7068 :term:`SRC_URI` 7069 7070 See the BitBake manual for the initial description for this variable: 7071 :term:`bitbake:SRC_URI`. 7072 7073 The following features are added by OpenEmbedded and the Yocto Project. 7074 7075 There are standard and recipe-specific options. Here are standard ones: 7076 7077 - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default 7078 action is to apply the patch. 7079 7080 - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the 7081 patch. The default level is 1. 7082 7083 - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should 7084 be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``. 7085 7086 Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision 7087 control system: 7088 7089 - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if 7090 :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than 7091 ``mindate``. 7092 7093 - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCDATE` is not later 7094 than ``maxdate``. 7095 7096 - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to or 7097 greater than ``minrev``. 7098 7099 - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not later 7100 than ``maxrev``. 7101 7102 - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to 7103 ``rev``. 7104 7105 - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not equal to 7106 ``rev``. 7107 7108 .. note:: 7109 7110 If you want the build system to pick up files specified through 7111 a :term:`SRC_URI` statement from your append file, you need to be 7112 sure to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by also using the 7113 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable from within your append file. 7114 7115 :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH` 7116 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects 7117 whether :term:`SRC_URI` contains files that are machine-specific. If so, 7118 the build system automatically changes :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`. Setting this 7119 variable to "0" disables this behavior. 7120 7121 :term:`SRCDATE` 7122 The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable 7123 applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager 7124 (SCM). 7125 7126 :term:`SRCPV` 7127 Returns the version string of the current package. This string is 7128 used to help define the value of :term:`PV`. 7129 7130 The :term:`SRCPV` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` 7131 configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as 7132 follows:: 7133 7134 SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" 7135 7136 Recipes that need to define :term:`PV` do so with the help of the 7137 :term:`SRCPV`. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) 7138 located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory 7139 defines :term:`PV` as follows:: 7140 7141 PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" 7142 7143 :term:`SRCREV` 7144 The revision of the source code used to build the package. This 7145 variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note 7146 that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid 7147 performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses 7148 your recipe, you should specify a :term:`SRCREV` that is a full revision 7149 identifier and not just a tag. 7150 7151 .. note:: 7152 7153 For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision 7154 of software using :term:`SRCREV`, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable 7155 description and the 7156 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" 7157 section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 7158 7159 :term:`SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS` 7160 A list of tasks that are typically not relevant (and therefore skipped) 7161 when building using the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` 7162 class. The default value as set in that class file is the set of tasks 7163 that are rarely needed when using external source:: 7164 7165 SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS ?= "do_patch do_unpack do_fetch" 7166 7167 The notable exception is when processing external kernel source as 7168 defined in the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` 7169 class file (formatted for aesthetics):: 7170 7171 SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS += "\ 7172 do_validate_branches \ 7173 do_kernel_configcheck \ 7174 do_kernel_checkout \ 7175 do_fetch \ 7176 do_unpack \ 7177 do_patch \ 7178 " 7179 7180 See the associated :term:`EXTERNALSRC` and :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` 7181 variables for more information. 7182 7183 :term:`SSTATE_DIR` 7184 The directory for the shared state cache. 7185 7186 :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` 7187 If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in 7188 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when 7189 fetching from the network is disabled by setting :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` to 7190 "1". Using the :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` variable is useful if 7191 you have set :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to point to an internal server for 7192 your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching 7193 from the network. 7194 7195 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` 7196 Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror 7197 locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the 7198 data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS` 7199 and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache 7200 locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects. 7201 7202 You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP 7203 or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state 7204 cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache 7205 you point to can also be from builds on other machines. 7206 7207 When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses 7208 a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure 7209 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` with a regular expression that maps local search 7210 paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account 7211 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the 7212 :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the 7213 following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the 7214 server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:: 7215 7216 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) https://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1" 7217 7218 If a mirror uses the same structure as 7219 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the 7220 end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the 7221 correct path within the directory structure. 7222 :: 7223 7224 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ 7225 file://.* https://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \ 7226 file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH" 7227 7228 :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` 7229 Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for 7230 hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated 7231 list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters 7232 allowed. 7233 7234 During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state 7235 (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots. 7236 That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation 7237 locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled 7238 by the :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` variable. Typically, recipes add files 7239 they want to be scanned to the value of :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` rather 7240 than the variable being comprehensively set. The 7241 :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list 7242 of files. 7243 7244 For details on the process, see the 7245 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. 7246 7247 :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE` 7248 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7249 directory for the build host. 7250 7251 :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR` 7252 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7253 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7254 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7255 7256 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR` 7257 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7258 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7259 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7260 7261 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS` 7262 Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration 7263 scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other 7264 software that wants to make use of libraries or include files 7265 provided by the software associated with the script. 7266 7267 .. note:: 7268 7269 This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by 7270 ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the 7271 library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use 7272 ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script. 7273 7274 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE` 7275 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7276 directory for the build host. 7277 7278 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR` 7279 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7280 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7281 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7282 7283 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE` 7284 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7285 directory for the build host. 7286 7287 :term:`STAGING_DIR` 7288 Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used 7289 during packaging. 7290 7291 For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs, 7292 see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` 7293 task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`" 7294 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the 7295 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`" 7296 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the 7297 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable. 7298 7299 .. note:: 7300 7301 Recipes should never write files directly under the :term:`STAGING_DIR` 7302 directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the 7303 directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to 7304 ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install` 7305 task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of 7306 those files into the sysroot. 7307 7308 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` 7309 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which 7310 the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component). 7311 For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's 7312 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies 7313 files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the 7314 ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses 7315 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on 7316 the type of recipe and the build target, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` can 7317 have the following values: 7318 7319 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is 7320 "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}". 7321 7322 - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty 7323 given the assumption that when building for the build host, the 7324 build host's own directories should be used. 7325 7326 .. note:: 7327 7328 ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such 7329 as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into 7330 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. When compiling ``-native`` recipes, 7331 standard build environment variables such as 7332 :term:`CPPFLAGS` and 7333 :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths 7334 and :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` are searched for libraries and 7335 headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option. 7336 7337 Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables 7338 should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as 7339 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`, 7340 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and 7341 :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system 7342 root correspond to :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` makes conceptual sense 7343 for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and 7344 libraries. 7345 7346 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` 7347 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building 7348 components that run on the build host itself. 7349 7350 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` 7351 Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the 7352 component generates code. For components that do not generate code, 7353 which is the majority, :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` is set to match 7354 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. 7355 7356 Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but 7357 those binaries in turn generate code for another different system 7358 (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the 7359 primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or 7360 different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries 7361 run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET" 7362 system. The :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` variable points to the sysroot used 7363 for the "HOST" system, while :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` points to the 7364 sysroot used for the "TARGET" system. 7365 7366 :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE` 7367 Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7368 directory for the build host. 7369 7370 :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR` 7371 Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7372 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7373 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7374 7375 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR` 7376 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the 7377 sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being 7378 built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7379 7380 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE` 7381 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the 7382 sysroot directory for the build host. 7383 7384 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` 7385 Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts. 7386 Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts 7387 (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with 7388 the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` variable to find these artifacts 7389 after the kernel has been built. 7390 7391 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` 7392 The directory with kernel headers that are required to build 7393 out-of-tree modules. 7394 7395 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR` 7396 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7397 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7398 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7399 7400 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE` 7401 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7402 directory for the build host. 7403 7404 :term:`STAMP` 7405 Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path 7406 to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and 7407 then appending additional information. Currently, the default 7408 assignment for :term:`STAMP` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` 7409 file is:: 7410 7411 STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" 7412 7413 For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a 7414 task should be rerun, see the 7415 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`" 7416 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 7417 7418 See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`, 7419 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`, 7420 :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`, 7421 :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable 7422 information. 7423 7424 :term:`STAMPS_DIR` 7425 Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system 7426 places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``. 7427 7428 :term:`STRIP` 7429 The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to 7430 strip symbols. 7431 7432 :term:`SUMMARY` 7433 The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for 7434 packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default, 7435 :term:`SUMMARY` is used to define the 7436 :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if :term:`DESCRIPTION` is 7437 not set in the recipe. 7438 7439 :term:`SVNDIR` 7440 The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are 7441 stored. 7442 7443 :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` 7444 Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a 7445 console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as 7446 follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:: 7447 7448 SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" 7449 7450 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets 7451 this variable to null but then checks for a value later. 7452 7453 :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS` 7454 Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set 7455 this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options, 7456 separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``). 7457 7458 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable 7459 to create a set of options. 7460 7461 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL` 7462 Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off 7463 serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The 7464 variable's default value is set in the 7465 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:: 7466 7467 SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" 7468 7469 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. 7470 7471 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` 7472 Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The 7473 variable's default value is set in the 7474 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:: 7475 7476 SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" 7477 7478 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. 7479 7480 :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH` 7481 An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when 7482 you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe. 7483 7484 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this 7485 variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the 7486 splash screen. 7487 7488 :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR` 7489 Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default 7490 "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``") 7491 where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the 7492 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. 7493 7494 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` 7495 Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the 7496 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By 7497 default, the following directories are staged:: 7498 7499 SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ 7500 ${includedir} \ 7501 ${libdir} \ 7502 ${base_libdir} \ 7503 ${nonarch_base_libdir} \ 7504 ${datadir} \ 7505 /sysroot-only \ 7506 " 7507 7508 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST` 7509 Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the 7510 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You 7511 can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of 7512 directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from 7513 staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:: 7514 7515 SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ 7516 ${mandir} \ 7517 ${docdir} \ 7518 ${infodir} \ 7519 ${datadir}/X11/locale \ 7520 ${datadir}/applications \ 7521 ${datadir}/bash-completion \ 7522 ${datadir}/fonts \ 7523 ${datadir}/gtk-doc/html \ 7524 ${datadir}/installed-tests \ 7525 ${datadir}/locale \ 7526 ${datadir}/pixmaps \ 7527 ${datadir}/terminfo \ 7528 ${libdir}/${BPN}/ptest \ 7529 " 7530 7531 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE` 7532 Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the 7533 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for 7534 ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in 7535 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following 7536 extra directories are staged:: 7537 7538 SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ 7539 ${bindir} \ 7540 ${sbindir} \ 7541 ${base_bindir} \ 7542 ${base_sbindir} \ 7543 ${libexecdir} \ 7544 ${sysconfdir} \ 7545 ${localstatedir} \ 7546 " 7547 7548 .. note:: 7549 7550 Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot 7551 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories 7552 containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged. 7553 7554 :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` 7555 A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the 7556 sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional 7557 processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files. 7558 7559 :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE` 7560 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, 7561 this variable specifies whether the specified service in 7562 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start 7563 automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to 7564 automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the 7565 :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows:: 7566 7567 SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" 7568 7569 You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable". 7570 7571 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` 7572 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 7573 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` variable specifies the 7574 configuration file that should be used. By default, the 7575 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the 7576 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` as follows:: 7577 7578 SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf" 7579 7580 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 7581 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 7582 7583 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` 7584 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 7585 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` variable specifies a 7586 list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot 7587 entry per file. By default, the 7588 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the 7589 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` as follows:: 7590 7591 SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" 7592 7593 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 7594 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 7595 7596 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` 7597 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 7598 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` variable specifies the 7599 boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the 7600 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the 7601 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` as follows:: 7602 7603 SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" 7604 7605 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 7606 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 7607 7608 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 7609 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, 7610 this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found 7611 in the main recipe's package. By default, the :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 7612 variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to 7613 reside in the recipes main package:: 7614 7615 SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" 7616 7617 If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need 7618 to use :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` to list the package or packages in which 7619 the build system can find the systemd unit files. 7620 7621 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` 7622 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, 7623 this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package. 7624 7625 When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name 7626 override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is 7627 an example from the connman recipe:: 7628 7629 SYSTEMD_SERVICE:${PN} = "connman.service" 7630 7631 :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` 7632 When using 7633 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`, 7634 specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should 7635 run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ 7636 (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to 7637 "0". 7638 7639 The default value for :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` is "1" (i.e. only 7640 run a getty on the first virtual terminal). 7641 7642 :term:`T` 7643 This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary 7644 files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a 7645 particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:: 7646 7647 T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" 7648 7649 The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which 7650 BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf`` 7651 file sets this variable. 7652 7653 The :term:`T` variable is not to be confused with the 7654 :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of 7655 the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire 7656 build. 7657 7658 :term:`TARGET_ARCH` 7659 The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system 7660 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures 7661 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is 7662 configurable: 7663 7664 - arm 7665 - i586 7666 - x86_64 7667 - powerpc 7668 - powerpc64 7669 - mips 7670 - mipsel 7671 7672 For additional information on machine architectures, see the 7673 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable. 7674 7675 :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` 7676 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target 7677 system. :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` is initialized from 7678 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake 7679 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: 7680 7681 TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" 7682 7683 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` 7684 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target 7685 system. :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` is initialized from 7686 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default. 7687 7688 .. note:: 7689 7690 It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to 7691 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` in recipes that build software for the target that 7692 would not otherwise respect the exported :term:`LDFLAGS` variable. 7693 7694 :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` 7695 This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application 7696 Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for 7697 cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not 7698 compatible with the kernel compilation. The :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` 7699 variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a 7700 different configuration. See the 7701 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the 7702 :term:`Source Directory` for an example. 7703 7704 :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` 7705 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 7706 target. When building in the target context, 7707 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 7708 default. 7709 7710 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the :term:`CFLAGS` 7711 variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` value so that 7712 executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied. 7713 7714 :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` 7715 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 7716 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building 7717 in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the 7718 value of this variable by default. 7719 7720 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 7721 :term:`CPPFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` 7722 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags 7723 applied. 7724 7725 :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` 7726 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 7727 target. When building in the target context, 7728 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 7729 by default. 7730 7731 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 7732 :term:`CXXFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` 7733 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags 7734 applied. 7735 7736 :term:`TARGET_FPU` 7737 Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, 7738 which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If 7739 not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance 7740 penalty. 7741 7742 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` 7743 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. 7744 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` is initialized from 7745 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake 7746 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: 7747 7748 TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" 7749 7750 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` 7751 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the 7752 target. When building in the target context, 7753 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 7754 by default. 7755 7756 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 7757 :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the 7758 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` value so that executables built using the SDK also 7759 have the flags applied. 7760 7761 :term:`TARGET_OS` 7762 Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to 7763 "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl" 7764 for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, the possible values are 7765 "linux-gnueabi" and "linux-musleabi". 7766 7767 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` 7768 Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools. 7769 7770 Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, 7771 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` is set as follows: 7772 7773 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is 7774 "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-". 7775 7776 - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the 7777 value of :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`. 7778 7779 - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the 7780 variable to the value of :term:`SDK_PREFIX`. 7781 7782 :term:`TARGET_SYS` 7783 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 7784 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the 7785 current recipe. 7786 7787 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 7788 on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, 7789 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and 7790 :term:`TARGET_OS` variables. 7791 7792 .. note:: 7793 7794 You do not need to set the :term:`TARGET_SYS` variable yourself. 7795 7796 Consider these two examples: 7797 7798 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the 7799 value is "i686-linux". 7800 7801 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target 7802 running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". 7803 7804 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR` 7805 Specifies the name of the target vendor. 7806 7807 :term:`TCLIBC` 7808 Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during 7809 the build process. 7810 7811 You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal". 7812 7813 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` 7814 Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the 7815 :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the 7816 ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple 7817 variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this 7818 mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept 7819 separate to avoid potential conflicts. 7820 7821 In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of 7822 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky, 7823 which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set 7824 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting 7825 in no suffix being applied. 7826 7827 :term:`TCMODE` 7828 Specifies the toolchain selector. :term:`TCMODE` controls the 7829 characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the 7830 OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default, 7831 the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The 7832 variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal 7833 toolchain. 7834 7835 .. note:: 7836 7837 If :term:`TCMODE` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your 7838 responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the 7839 default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these 7840 components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for 7841 the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which 7842 the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go 7843 to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>` 7844 page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE 7845 INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release. 7846 7847 The :term:`TCMODE` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`, 7848 which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``) 7849 used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``. 7850 7851 With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external 7852 toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for 7853 this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics 7854 ``meta-sourcery`` layer at 7855 https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/. 7856 7857 The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the 7858 Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must 7859 be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of 7860 the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable 7861 in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed 7862 the toolchain. 7863 7864 The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external 7865 toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding 7866 support for other external toolchains. 7867 7868 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` 7869 The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when 7870 the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set 7871 to "1". 7872 7873 The :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` variable defaults to 7874 ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``. 7875 7876 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` 7877 Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you 7878 do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a 7879 manner that you to run them outside of the build system. 7880 7881 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` 7882 Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The 7883 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``. 7884 7885 .. note:: 7886 7887 Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``), 7888 which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory. 7889 7890 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD` 7891 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to 7892 control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this 7893 command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action 7894 (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified 7895 command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or 7896 "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then 7897 power on) the device, respectively. 7898 7899 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` 7900 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to 7901 pass through to the command specified in 7902 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting 7903 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you 7904 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and 7905 non-machine-specific parts of the arguments. 7906 7907 :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT` 7908 The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated 7909 runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout 7910 period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500 7911 seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf`` 7912 file. 7913 7914 For more information on testing images, see the 7915 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" 7916 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 7917 7918 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD` 7919 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to 7920 connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This 7921 command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward 7922 that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal 7923 program does. 7924 7925 For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device 7926 ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:: 7927 7928 TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" 7929 7930 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` 7931 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to 7932 pass through to the command specified in 7933 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting 7934 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you 7935 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and 7936 non-machine-specific parts of the command. 7937 7938 :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` 7939 The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address 7940 is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this 7941 variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. 7942 where the build is taking place). 7943 7944 .. note:: 7945 7946 The :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` variable is only used for a small number of 7947 tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages 7948 from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``. 7949 7950 :term:`TEST_SUITES` 7951 An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when 7952 performing automated runtime testing. 7953 7954 The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can 7955 be used against images. 7956 7957 .. note:: 7958 7959 Currently, there is only support for running these tests under 7960 QEMU. 7961 7962 Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add 7963 your own tests to the list of tests by appending :term:`TEST_SUITES` as 7964 follows:: 7965 7966 TEST_SUITES:append = " mytest" 7967 7968 Alternatively, you can 7969 provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against 7970 the image. 7971 :: 7972 7973 TEST_SUITES:append = " auto" 7974 7975 Using this option causes the 7976 build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the 7977 image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped. 7978 7979 The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on 7980 another test must appear later in the list than the test on which 7981 they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two 7982 tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on 7983 ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:: 7984 7985 TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" 7986 7987 For more information on testing images, see the 7988 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" 7989 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 7990 7991 :term:`TEST_TARGET` 7992 Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a 7993 test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":: 7994 7995 TEST_TARGET = "qemu" 7996 7997 A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets 7998 deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend 7999 the controllers by adding a module in the layer's 8000 ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the 8001 ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used 8002 as a value of :term:`TEST_TARGET`. 8003 8004 You can provide the following arguments with :term:`TEST_TARGET`: 8005 8006 - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the 8007 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section 8008 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more 8009 information. 8010 8011 - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is 8012 already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it 8013 can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set 8014 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use 8015 "simpleremote". 8016 8017 .. note:: 8018 8019 This argument is defined in 8020 ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``. 8021 8022 For information on running tests on hardware, see the 8023 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`" 8024 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 8025 8026 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` 8027 The IP address of your hardware under test. The :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` 8028 variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is 8029 set to "qemu". 8030 8031 When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is 8032 an example:: 8033 8034 TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" 8035 8036 Specifying a port is 8037 useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when 8038 your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not 8039 directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address 8040 translation. 8041 8042 :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` 8043 Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an 8044 image is successfully built. Setting :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` to "1" causes 8045 any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU. 8046 Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for 8047 which testing is requested is automatically built first. 8048 8049 These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest`` 8050 module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system 8051 over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` 8052 file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the 8053 OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an 8054 image successfully builds: 8055 8056 TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1" 8057 8058 For more information 8059 on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the 8060 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" 8061 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the 8062 ":ref:`ref-classes-testimage*`" section. 8063 8064 :term:`THISDIR` 8065 The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is 8066 located. Do not manually set this variable. 8067 8068 :term:`TIME` 8069 The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute, 8070 and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine 8071 seconds past 1400 hours). 8072 8073 :term:`TMPDIR` 8074 This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system 8075 uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the 8076 shared state cache). By default, the :term:`TMPDIR` variable points to 8077 ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`. 8078 8079 If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the 8080 default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the 8081 ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:: 8082 8083 #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" 8084 8085 An example use for this scenario is to set :term:`TMPDIR` to a local disk, 8086 which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS. 8087 8088 The filesystem used by :term:`TMPDIR` must have standard filesystem 8089 semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and 8090 persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some 8091 implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement. 8092 Consequently, :term:`TMPDIR` cannot be on NFS. 8093 8094 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` 8095 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 8096 building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The 8097 packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set 8098 that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each 8099 package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, 8100 consider the following command when building an SDK:: 8101 8102 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename 8103 8104 In this case, a default list of packages is 8105 set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the 8106 list. See the 8107 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section 8108 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible 8109 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. 8110 8111 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the 8112 Yocto Project development environment, see the 8113 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" 8114 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For 8115 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the 8116 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. 8117 8118 Note that this variable applies to building an SDK, not an eSDK, 8119 in which case the term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` setting should be 8120 used instead. 8121 8122 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` 8123 This variable allows to extend what is installed in the host 8124 portion of an eSDK. This is similar to :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` 8125 applying to SDKs. 8126 8127 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` 8128 This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The 8129 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets 8130 the :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variable as follows:: 8131 8132 TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" 8133 8134 See 8135 the :term:`SDK_NAME` and 8136 :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional 8137 information. 8138 8139 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK` 8140 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 8141 it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the 8142 target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this 8143 variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs 8144 on the target. See the 8145 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section 8146 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible 8147 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. 8148 8149 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the 8150 Yocto Project development environment, see the 8151 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" 8152 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For 8153 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the 8154 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. 8155 8156 :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH` 8157 A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This 8158 variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where 8159 underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In 8160 this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in 8161 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. 8162 8163 Do not edit this variable. 8164 8165 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` 8166 The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e. 8167 ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses 8168 this value to setup configuration. 8169 8170 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The 8171 definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically 8172 adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at 8173 the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the 8174 ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the 8175 :term:`Source Directory` provides information for 8176 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` specific to the ``mips`` architecture. 8177 8178 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` is tied closely to 8179 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target 8180 machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file 8181 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets :term:`TARGET_ARCH` as follows:: 8182 8183 TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" 8184 8185 The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures 8186 are configurable, shows supported machine architectures: 8187 8188 - arm 8189 - i586 8190 - x86_64 8191 - powerpc 8192 - powerpc64 8193 - mips 8194 - mipsel 8195 8196 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` 8197 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target 8198 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8199 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8200 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8201 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the 8202 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags 8203 for the x86 architecture as follows:: 8204 8205 TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" 8206 8207 .. note:: 8208 8209 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8210 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8211 supply its own set of flags). 8212 8213 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` 8214 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target 8215 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8216 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8217 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8218 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. 8219 8220 .. note:: 8221 8222 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8223 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8224 supply its own set of flags). 8225 8226 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` 8227 Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific 8228 processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow 8229 arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on 8230 the features. 8231 8232 The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they 8233 are not conflicting and that they are supported. 8234 8235 The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines 8236 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` as follows:: 8237 8238 TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES:tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" 8239 8240 See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information. 8241 8242 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` 8243 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. 8244 The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8245 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8246 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8247 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the 8248 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags 8249 for the x86 architecture as follows:: 8250 8251 TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" 8252 8253 .. note:: 8254 8255 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8256 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8257 supply its own set of flags). 8258 8259 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` 8260 The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define 8261 the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific 8262 tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:: 8263 8264 TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-tune = "tune" 8265 8266 These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine 8267 include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in 8268 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/tune-core2.inc`` file:: 8269 8270 TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" 8271 8272 :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]` 8273 Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features 8274 that conflict with feature. 8275 8276 Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in 8277 the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from 8278 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file 8279 that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" 8280 feature:: 8281 8282 TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" 8283 8284 :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]` 8285 Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning 8286 feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features 8287 are specified in the machine include files (e.g. 8288 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example 8289 from that file:: 8290 8291 TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." 8292 8293 See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory` 8294 for these features. 8295 8296 :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` 8297 Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can 8298 also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual 8299 cases. 8300 8301 Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. :: 8302 8303 UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" 8304 UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" 8305 UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" 8306 UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" 8307 UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config" 8308 8309 In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the 8310 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`. The "sd" configuration defines 8311 "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`, while the 8312 "sdcard" specifies the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to use for the U-Boot image. 8313 8314 For more information on how the :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` is handled, see the 8315 :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>` 8316 class. 8317 8318 :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` 8319 Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT 8320 image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 8321 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify 8322 the load address to be used in 8323 creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 8324 8325 :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` 8326 Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT 8327 image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 8328 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in 8329 creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 8330 8331 :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` 8332 Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image 8333 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` variable is passed as a 8334 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. 8335 8336 :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` 8337 Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image 8338 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` variable is passed as a 8339 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. 8340 8341 :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION` 8342 Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot 8343 image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built 8344 was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be 8345 "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:: 8346 8347 UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" 8348 8349 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` 8350 Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building 8351 a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform 8352 configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine 8353 configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``). 8354 8355 Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type" 8356 section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable. 8357 8358 :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET` 8359 Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target 8360 is "all". 8361 8362 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE` 8363 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the 8364 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble 8365 the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper 8366 script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage". 8367 8368 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` 8369 Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' 8370 feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class. 8371 If :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not 8372 pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage. 8373 8374 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN` 8375 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the 8376 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign 8377 the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used 8378 to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if 8379 desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}". 8380 8381 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS` 8382 Optionally specifies additional arguments for the 8383 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the 8384 mkimage command when signing the FIT image. 8385 8386 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` 8387 Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image. 8388 During FIT image creation, the 8389 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` variable is used 8390 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the 8391 entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for 8392 the FIT image. 8393 8394 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` 8395 Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image. 8396 During FIT image creation, the 8397 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` variable is used 8398 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the 8399 load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for 8400 the FIT image. 8401 8402 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE` 8403 Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0". 8404 8405 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` 8406 Location of the directory containing the RSA key and 8407 certificate used for signing FIT image. 8408 8409 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` 8410 The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in 8411 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt 8412 certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have 8413 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev". 8414 8415 :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX` 8416 Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb`` 8417 has a ``.sb`` extension. 8418 8419 The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin`` 8420 8421 :term:`UBOOT_TARGET` 8422 Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed 8423 directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do 8424 not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process 8425 passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building 8426 process. 8427 8428 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` 8429 Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script 8430 as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the 8431 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid 8432 configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g. 8433 should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 8434 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`). 8435 However, there are common options that are passed to all 8436 configure scripts at a class level, but might not be valid for some 8437 configure scripts. Therefore warnings about these options are useless. 8438 For these cases, the options are added to :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`. 8439 8440 The configure arguments check that uses 8441 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` is part of the 8442 :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the 8443 recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class. 8444 8445 :term:`UPDATERCPN` 8446 For recipes inheriting the 8447 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, :term:`UPDATERCPN` 8448 specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled. 8449 8450 The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that 8451 install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe, 8452 you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes. 8453 8454 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` 8455 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8456 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 8457 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, but 8458 releases are not identified by Git tags, set :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` 8459 to ``1`` in the recipe, and the OpenEmbedded build system 8460 will compare the latest commit with the one currently specified 8461 by the recipe (:term:`SRCREV`). 8462 :: 8463 8464 UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS = "1" 8465 8466 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` 8467 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8468 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 8469 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the 8470 OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by 8471 picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags. 8472 8473 You can use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` variable to provide a 8474 regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the 8475 default filter not work correctly. 8476 :: 8477 8478 UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex" 8479 8480 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` 8481 Use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` variable to specify a different 8482 regular expression instead of the default one when the package 8483 checking system is parsing the page found using 8484 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`. 8485 :: 8486 8487 UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex" 8488 8489 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` 8490 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8491 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 8492 the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is 8493 determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and 8494 attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work, 8495 you can use :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` to provide a different URI that 8496 contains the link to the latest tarball. 8497 :: 8498 8499 UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url" 8500 8501 :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` 8502 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8503 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. 8504 If no combination of the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`, :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`, 8505 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` and :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` variables in 8506 the recipe allows to determine what the latest upstream version is, 8507 you can set :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` to ``1`` in the recipe 8508 to acknowledge that the check cannot be performed. 8509 :: 8510 8511 UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN = "1" 8512 8513 :term:`USE_DEVFS` 8514 Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The 8515 default value used for :term:`USE_DEVFS` is "1" when no value is 8516 specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_DEVFS` to "0" for a 8517 statically populated ``/dev`` directory. 8518 8519 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in 8520 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to 8521 use this variable. 8522 8523 :term:`USE_VT` 8524 When using 8525 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`, 8526 determines whether or not to run a 8527 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any 8528 virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those 8529 terminals. 8530 8531 The default value used for :term:`USE_VT` is "1" when no default value is 8532 specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_VT` to "0" in the 8533 machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical 8534 display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal 8535 functionality. 8536 8537 :term:`USER_CLASSES` 8538 A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the 8539 OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g. 8540 ``buildstats``, ``image-prelink``, and so forth). 8541 8542 The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:: 8543 8544 USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-prelink" 8545 8546 For more information, see 8547 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 8548 8549 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` 8550 If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce 8551 an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group 8552 identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files 8553 listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and 8554 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to 8555 ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead. 8556 8557 The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply 8558 ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the 8559 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable is by default not set. If you plan 8560 on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should 8561 set the :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable in your ``local.conf`` 8562 file as follows:: 8563 8564 USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" 8565 8566 Overriding the 8567 default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set 8568 static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the 8569 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`, 8570 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and 8571 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. 8572 8573 .. note:: 8574 8575 There is a difference in behavior between setting 8576 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``. 8577 When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for 8578 every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set 8579 to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually 8580 built. 8581 This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you 8582 know will never be built. 8583 8584 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` 8585 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group 8586 identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system 8587 adds a group to the system during package installation. 8588 8589 When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the 8590 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a 8591 ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the 8592 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: 8593 8594 8595 USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" 8596 8597 .. note:: 8598 8599 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" 8600 causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values. 8601 8602 :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` 8603 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 8604 this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe 8605 that require users and/or groups to be added. 8606 8607 You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For 8608 example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in 8609 a recipe:: 8610 8611 USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" 8612 8613 .. note:: 8614 8615 It follows that if you are going to use the :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` 8616 variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`, 8617 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables. 8618 8619 :term:`USERADD_PARAM` 8620 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 8621 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to 8622 the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the 8623 package is installed. 8624 8625 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: 8626 8627 USERADD_PARAM:${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ 8628 --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ 8629 --user-group messagebus" 8630 8631 For information on the 8632 standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see 8633 https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd. 8634 8635 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` 8636 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user 8637 identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system 8638 adds a user to the system during package installation. 8639 8640 When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the 8641 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a 8642 ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the 8643 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: 8644 8645 USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" 8646 8647 .. note:: 8648 8649 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" 8650 causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values. 8651 8652 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` 8653 When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system 8654 to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and 8655 ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`. 8656 8657 To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification 8658 (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` 8659 file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids" 8660 8661 .. note:: 8662 8663 Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` 8664 values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the 8665 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class. 8666 8667 If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also 8668 specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the 8669 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and 8670 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. 8671 Additionally, you should also set the 8672 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable. 8673 8674 :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` 8675 Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory, 8676 which is used to house postinstall target log files. 8677 8678 By default, :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` is set to "yes", which means the 8679 file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the 8680 variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent. 8681 8682 :term:`WARN_QA` 8683 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as 8684 warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in 8685 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you 8686 can control with this variable, see the 8687 ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section. 8688 8689 :term:`WKS_FILE` 8690 Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the 8691 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image 8692 (``image.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned 8693 image, see the 8694 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" 8695 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on 8696 the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter. 8697 8698 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` 8699 When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists 8700 build-time dependencies. The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is only 8701 applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when 8702 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related 8703 to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has 8704 no effect. 8705 8706 The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is similar to the 8707 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in 8708 your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the 8709 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable are added to the :term:`DEPENDS` variable. 8710 8711 With the :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable, you have the possibility to 8712 specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, 8713 bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. 8714 Following is an example:: 8715 8716 WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" 8717 8718 In the 8719 previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual 8720 native tool on which the build would depend. 8721 8722 :term:`WORKDIR` 8723 The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build 8724 system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the 8725 :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to 8726 the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. 8727 8728 The :term:`WORKDIR` directory is defined as follows:: 8729 8730 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} 8731 8732 The actual directory depends on several things: 8733 8734 - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory 8735 - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier 8736 - :term:`PN`: The recipe name 8737 - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which 8738 is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank) 8739 - :term:`PV`: The recipe version 8740 - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision 8741 8742 As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name 8743 ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a 8744 ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose 8745 your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work 8746 directory the build system uses to build the package would be as 8747 follows:: 8748 8749 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 8750 8751 :term:`XSERVER` 8752 Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X 8753 server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image 8754 directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps 8755 indirectly, includes "x11-base" in 8756 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. 8757 8758 The default value of :term:`XSERVER`, if not specified in the machine 8759 configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev". 8760 8761